CN110147033B - Toner, developer, toner cartridge, and process cartridge - Google Patents
Toner, developer, toner cartridge, and process cartridge Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CN110147033B CN110147033B CN201910481818.2A CN201910481818A CN110147033B CN 110147033 B CN110147033 B CN 110147033B CN 201910481818 A CN201910481818 A CN 201910481818A CN 110147033 B CN110147033 B CN 110147033B
- Authority
- CN
- China
- Prior art keywords
- mass
- toner
- less
- colorant
- pigment
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Active
Links
Images
Landscapes
- Developing Agents For Electrophotography (AREA)
Abstract
The invention provides a toner for electrostatic image development, an electrostatic image developer, a toner cartridge and a process cartridge, wherein the toner contains toner particles, and wherein a toner load T (g/m) is formed on a coated paper having a glossiness of 40% 2 ) In the case of an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, the color difference Δ E from the PANTONE166C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less. Thus, the present invention provides a toner for developing electrostatic images, which is excellent in color reproducibility of PANTONE 166C.
Description
The present application is a divisional application of chinese patent application No.2014104796871, having an invention name "toner for electrostatic image development, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge", filed on 2014, 9, 18.
Technical Field
The present invention relates to an electrostatic image developing toner, an electrostatic image developer, a toner cartridge, and a process cartridge.
Background
In general, in electrophotographic image formation, toners of 4 colors, i.e., yellow (Y), magenta (M), cyan (C), and black (K), are used to reproduce colors. In order to reproduce a color that is difficult to reproduce only with the 4 color toners (YMCK), a toner of a color other than YMCK is also used.
For example, patent document 1 discloses a light magenta toner containing a magenta colorant in combination with a hue-adjusted colorant that absorbs light at a wavelength of 400nm to 500 nm.
Patent document 2 discloses a method of forming a color image using at least 6 types of electrostatic image developing toners, i.e., yellow toner, magenta toner, cyan toner, orange toner, green toner, and black toner, in which the colorant contained in the orange toner is composed of a specific naphthol pigment.
Further, patent document 3 discloses an orange toner containing c.i. pigment orange 38.
Documents of the prior art
Patent literature
Patent document 1: japanese patent application laid-open No. 2011-150336
Patent document 2: japanese patent application laid-open No. 2011-257588
Patent document 3: japanese unexamined patent publication No. 2012-68581
Disclosure of Invention
[ problems to be solved by the invention ]
The present invention addresses the problem of providing a toner for developing electrostatic images, which has excellent color reproducibility in PANTONE 7597C.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a toner for developing electrostatic images, which has excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 199C.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a toner for developing electrostatic images, which is excellent in color reproducibility of PANTONE 166C.
[ means for solving problems ]
The above problems are solved by the following means. Namely:
the invention according to embodiment 1 is an invention in which,
a toner for developing an electrostatic image, comprising toner particles containing at least a binder resin, c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48
At least containing a binder resin, at least 1 yellow colorant selected from the group consisting of C.I. pigment yellow 155 and C.I. pigment yellow 185, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of C.I. pigment Red 238 and C.I. pigment Red 146,
forming a toner load (loaded amount) T (g/m) 124269 on coated paper having a glossiness of 40% 2 ) In an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, a color difference Δ E with PANTONE7597C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less.
[ number 1 ]
ΔE＝{(L 1 －L 2 ) 2 +(a 1 －a 2 ) 2 +(b 1 －b 2 ) 2 } 0.5
[ in the above formula, L is 1 、a 1 And b 1 L each of PANTONE7597C ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was obtained by measuring the color sample PANTONE7597C with a reflection densitometer. L above 2 、a 2 And b 2 L of the images formed by the toner for developing electrostatic images ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.]
The invention according to embodiment 2 is an invention in which,
a toner for developing an electrostatic image, comprising toner particles containing at least a binder resin, c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48
The toner load T (g/m) was established on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, a color difference Δ E with PANTONE199C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less.
Number 2
ΔE＝{(L 3 －L 4 ) 2 +(a 3 －a 4 ) 2 +(b 3 －b 4 ) 2 } 0.5
[ in the above formula, L is 3 、a 3 And b 3 Each is PL of ANTONE199C ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The values obtained by measuring the color sample PANTONE199C with a reflection densitometer. L above 4 、a 4 And b 4 L of the images formed by the toner for developing electrostatic images ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.]
The invention according to embodiment 3 is an invention in which,
a toner for developing an electrostatic image, comprising toner particles containing at least a binder resin, c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48
At least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146, wherein,
the toner load T (g/m) was established on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In the case of an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, the color difference Δ E from the PANTONE166C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less.
[ number 3 ]
ΔE＝{(L 5 －L 6 ) 2 +(a 5 －a 6 ) 2 +(b 5 －b 6 ) 2 } 0.5
[ in the above formula, L is 5 、a 5 And b 5 L of each PANTONE166C ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was obtained by measuring the color sample PANTONE166C with a reflection densitometer. L above 6 、a 6 And b 6 L of the images formed by the toner for developing electrostatic images ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.]
In the invention according to embodiment 4, the first aspect,
an electrostatic image developer comprising the toner for electrostatic image development according to any one of embodiments 1 to 3.
In the invention according to embodiment 5, the first aspect is,
a toner cartridge containing the toner for electrostatic image development according to any one of embodiments 1 to 3 and being detachable from an image forming apparatus.
In accordance with embodiment 6 of the present invention,
a process cartridge containing the electrostatic image developer according to embodiment 4, comprising a developing member for developing an electrostatic image formed on a surface of an image holding member into a toner image by the electrostatic image developer, and being detachable from an image forming apparatus.
[ Effect of the invention ]
According to the invention of embodiment 1, there is provided an electrostatic image developing toner excellent in color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C as compared with the case where the color difference Δ E exceeds 10.
According to the invention of embodiment 2, there is provided a toner for developing electrostatic images, which has excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C, as compared with the case where the color difference Δ E exceeds 10.
According to the invention according to embodiment 3, there is provided a toner for developing electrostatic images, which is excellent in the color reproducibility of PANTONE166C, as compared with the case where the color difference Δ E exceeds 10.
According to the invention according to embodiment 4, there is provided an electrostatic image developer having excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C, PANTONE199C, or PANTONE166C, as compared with the case where the above-mentioned color difference Δ E of toner particles contained in the toner exceeds 10.
According to the invention of embodiment 5, a toner cartridge excellent in color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C, PANTONE199C, or PANTONE166C is provided as compared with a case where the above-described color difference Δ E of toner particles contained in the toner exceeds 10.
According to the invention according to embodiment 6, there is provided a process cartridge excellent in color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C, PANTONE199C, or PANTONE166C, as compared with a case where the above-described color difference Δ E of toner particles contained in a toner in a developer exceeds 10.
Brief description of the drawings
Fig. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram showing an example of an image forming apparatus of the present embodiment.
Fig. 2 is a schematic configuration diagram showing an example of the process cartridge of the present embodiment.
Description of the symbols
10R, 10Y, 10M, 10C, 10K imaging unit
1R, 1Y, 1M, 1C, 1K photoreceptors (an example of an image holding member)
2R, 2Y, 2M, 2C, 2K charging roller (an example of a charging member)
3R, 3Y, 3M, 3C, 3K exposure device (an example of an electrostatic image forming member)
4R, 4Y, 4M, 4C, 4K developing device (an example of a developing member)
5R, 5Y, 5M, 5C, 5K Primary transfer roller (one example of Primary transfer Member)
6R, 6Y, 6M, 6C, 6K photoreceptor cleaning device (an example of cleaning member)
8R, 8Y, 8M, 8C, 8K toner cartridges
20. Intermediate transfer belt (an example of an intermediate transfer member)
21. Intermediate transfer member cleaning device
22. Driving roller
23. Support roller
24. Counter roller
26. Secondary transfer roller (one example of a secondary transfer member)
28. Fixing device (an example of a fixing member)
P recording paper (an example of a recording medium)
107. Photoreceptor (an example of image holding member)
108. Charging roller (one example of charging member)
109. Exposure device (an example of an electrostatic image forming member)
111. Developing device (an example of developing member)
112. Transfer device (an example of a transfer member)
113. Photoreceptor cleaning device (an example of cleaning member)
115. Fixing device (an example of a fixing member)
116. Mounting rail
117. Shell body
118. Opening for exposure
200. Processing box
300. Recording paper (an example of a recording medium)
Detailed Description
Embodiments of the present invention will be described below. It should be noted that these descriptions and examples are intended to illustrate the present invention, and do not limit the scope of the present invention.
In the present specification, (meth) acryloyl means acryloyl and methacryloyl, (meth) acrylic means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and (meth) acryloyl means acryloyl and methacryloyl.
< toner for developing electrostatic image >
The toner for electrostatic image development (also referred to as "toner") according to the present embodiment contains toner particles, and may further contain an external additive. That is, in the present embodiment, the toner particles may be used as a toner, or the toner particles may be used as a toner after an external additive is added thereto from the outside.
The toner for developing an electrostatic image according to the present embodiment has the following configuration.
A toner for developing an electrostatic image, comprising toner particles containing at least a binder resin, c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48
At least containing a binder resin, at least 1 yellow colorant selected from the group consisting of C.I. pigment yellow 155 and C.I. pigment yellow 185, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of C.I. pigment Red 238 and C.I. pigment Red 146, wherein
The toner load T (g/m) was established on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm) of the toner particles)", a color difference Δ E obtained by the following expression with PANTONE7597C is 10 or less.
[ number 1 ]
ΔE＝{(L 1 －L 2 ) 2 +(a 1 －a 2 ) 2 +(b 1 －b 2 ) 2 } 0.5
[ in the above formula, L is as defined above 1 、a 1 And b 1 L each of PANTONE7597C ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was obtained by measuring the color sample PANTONE7597C with a reflection densitometer. L above 2 、a 2 And b 2 L of the images formed by the toner for developing electrostatic images ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.]
The electrostatic image developing toner according to the present embodiment has the following configuration.
A toner for developing an electrostatic image, comprising toner particles containing at least a binder resin, c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48
The toner load T (g/m) was established on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, the color difference Δ E from PANTONE199C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less.
Number 2
ΔE＝{(L 3 －L 4 ) 2 +(a 3 －a 4 ) 2 +(b 3 －b 4 ) 2 } 0.5
[ in the above formula, L is as defined above 3 、a 3 And b 3 L each of PANTONE199C ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The values were obtained by measuring the color sample PANTONE199C with a reflection spectrodensitometer. Each of L4, a4 and b4 is L of the image formed by the toner for developing an electrostatic image ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.]
The electrostatic image developing toner according to the present embodiment has the following configuration.
A toner for developing electrostatic images, comprising toner particles containing at least a binder resin, c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48
At least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146, wherein
The toner load T (g/m) was established on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) An image satisfying the formula "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm) of the toner particles)" And a color difference Δ E with PANTONE166C obtained by the following formula is within 10.
[ number 3 ]
ΔE＝{(L 5 －L 6 ) 2 +(a 5 －a 6 ) 2 +(b 5 －b 6 ) 2 } 0.5
[ in the above formula, L is as defined above 5 、a 5 And b 5 L of each PANTONE166C ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was obtained by measuring the color sample PANTONE166C with a reflection spectrodensitometer. L above 6 、a 6 And b 6 L of the images formed by the toner for developing electrostatic images ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.]
The electrostatic image developing toner according to the present embodiment will be described in order below.
(toner for developing Electrostatic image according to embodiment 1)
The toner for electrostatic image development according to embodiment 1 is a toner for electrostatic image development comprising:
which comprises toner particles containing at least a binder resin,
C.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48
The toner load T (g/m) was established on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, a color difference Δ E with PANTONE7597C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less.
[ number 1 ]
ΔE＝{(L 1 －L 2 ) 2 +(a 1 －a 2 ) 2 +(b 1 －b 2 ) 2 } 0.5
[ in the above formula, L is as defined above 1 、a 1 And b 1 L each of PANTONE7597C ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was obtained by measuring the color sample PANTONE7597C with a reflection densitometer. L above 2 、a 2 And b 2 L of the images formed by the toner for developing electrostatic images ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.]
The toner particles constituting the toner of embodiment 1 contain at least: a binder resin, c.i. (Color Index (the same applies hereinafter)) pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48.
Further, with respect to the toner according to the present embodiment, a toner load T (g/m) is formed on a coated paper having a glossiness of 40% 2 ) In an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, a color difference Δ E with PANTONE7597C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less.
By having the above-described configuration, a toner capable of forming an image having excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C is provided.
[ number 2 ]
ΔE＝{(L 1 －L 2 ) 2 +(a 1 －a 2 ) 2 +(b 1 －b 2 ) 2 } 0.5
The above formula is synonymous with the following formula.
In the above formula, L is 1 、a 1 And b 1 L each of PANTONE7597C ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was obtained by measuring a color sample PANTONE7597C with a reflection densitometer (product name: xrite-939, manufactured by X-Rite Co., ltd.). L above 2 、a 2 、b 2 L of the image formed by the toner for developing electrostatic image ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.
The color difference Δ E is expressed by CIE1976L ＊ a ＊ b ＊ L in the color system ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value represents the color difference.
The color sample PANTONE7597C is a color sample in which an image is formed on a coated paper having the above-described glossiness (gloss), and the color difference Δ E is also measured after an image formed using a toner at the time of measuring the color difference Δ E is formed on a coated paper satisfying the above-described glossiness condition.
The gloss (gloss) of the coated paper used for measuring the color difference Δ E was measured by the following method.
The gloss (gloss) of the coated paper in the present embodiment is measured at 60 ℃ in accordance with JIS K5600-4-7 (JIS Z8741), and model 4430micro-TRI-gloss manufactured by BYK-Gardner was used as the measuring instrument.
Further, the toner load T of the image provided for measuring the color difference Δ E is fixed to the value calculated by the expression "T =4 × D/7" based on the value D obtained by dividing the unit of the volume average particle diameter (μm) of the toner particles by the length as described above.
The reason why the expression for calculating the toner amount T of the image provided for measuring the color difference Δ E is "T =4 × D/7" as described above is as follows.
That is, there is a space between the paper and the toner particles in a state where the toner particles are not fixed, whereas at the time of fixing, the toner particles are melted, and the space is reduced to fill the melted toner particles in the space, thereby forming a toner image. However, generally, a solid image is preferably obtained by using a value represented by the formula "T =4 × D/7".
The smaller the color difference Δ E from PANTONE7597C, the more preferable. The color difference Δ E is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 7 or less, further preferably 6 or less, and further preferably 5 or less.
Examples of a method for controlling the color difference Δ E from PANTONE7597C to fall within the above range include (for example) selection of a yellow colorant and a red colorant contained in toner particles, and adjustment of the amounts of the yellow colorant and the red colorant.
[ toner particles ]
The toner particles contain a binder resin and a colorant, and may further contain a releasing agent or other internal additives.
The components contained in the toner particles will be described in detail below.
Binder resins-
Examples of the binder resin include homopolymers or copolymers of: styrenes (e.g., styrene, p-chlorostyrene, α -methylstyrene, etc.), (meth) acrylates (e.g., methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, etc.), ethylenically unsaturated nitriles (e.g., (meth) acrylonitrile, etc.), vinyl ethers (e.g., vinyl methyl ether, vinyl isobutyl ether, etc.), vinyl ketones (e.g., vinyl methyl ketone, vinyl ethyl ketone, vinyl isopropenyl ketone, etc.), and olefins (e.g., ethylene, propylene, butadiene, etc.), etc.
Representative examples of the binder resin include: polyester resins, epoxy resins, polyurethane resins, polyamide resins, cellulose resins, polyether resins, polystyrene, styrene-alkyl (meth) acrylate copolymers, styrene- (meth) acrylonitrile copolymers, styrene-butadiene copolymers, styrene-maleic anhydride copolymers, and the like.
These resins may be used alone in 1 kind, or 2 or more kinds may be used in combination.
The content of the binder resin in the toner particles is preferably 40% by mass or more and 93% by mass or less, more preferably 50% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less, and further preferably 60% by mass or more and 85% by mass or less.
As the binder resin, polyester resin is suitable.
As for the polyester resin, an amorphous polyester resin and a crystalline polyester resin may be used in combination from the viewpoint that the color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C is more excellent.
Polyester resin
Examples of the polyester resin include polycondensates of polycarboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohols. The polyester resin may be a commercially available product or a synthetic product.
Examples of the polycarboxylic acid include aliphatic dicarboxylic acids (e.g., oxalic acid, malonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, itaconic acid, glutaconic acid, succinic acid, alkenylsuccinic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, etc.), alicyclic dicarboxylic acids (e.g., cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, etc.), aromatic dicarboxylic acids (e.g., terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, etc.), acid anhydrides thereof, and lower (e.g., 1 to 5 carbon atoms) alkyl esters thereof. Among them, as the polycarboxylic acid, for example, an aromatic dicarboxylic acid is preferable.
As the polycarboxylic acid, a tri-or higher carboxylic acid having a cross-linking structure or a branched structure may be used in combination with the dicarboxylic acid. Examples of the tri-or higher carboxylic acid include trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, anhydrides thereof, and lower (for example, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms) alkyl esters thereof.
The polycarboxylic acid may be used alone in 1 kind, or may be used in combination of 2 or more kinds.
Examples of the polyhydric alcohol include aliphatic diols (e.g., ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butanediol, hexanediol, neopentyl glycol, etc.), alicyclic diols (e.g., cyclohexanediol, cyclohexanedimethanol, hydrogenated bisphenol a, etc.), and aromatic diols (e.g., ethylene oxide adduct of bisphenol a, propylene oxide adduct of bisphenol a, etc.). Among these, as the polyhydric alcohol, for example, aromatic diols and alicyclic diols are preferable, and aromatic diols are more preferable.
As the polyol, a trihydric or higher alcohol having a cross-linked structure or a branched structure may be used in combination with the diol. Examples of the trihydric or higher alcohol include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, and the like.
The polyhydric alcohol may be used alone in 1 kind, or may be used in combination of 2 or more kinds.
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polyester resin is preferably 50 ℃ to 80 ℃ and more preferably 50 ℃ to 65 ℃.
The glass transition temperature is obtained from a Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) curve. More specifically, it is obtained by "extrapolating the glass transition start temperature" described in the method for finding the glass transition temperature according to JIS K7121-1987, "method for measuring transition temperature of plastics".
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyester resin is preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000, and more preferably 7,000 to 500,000.
The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polyester resin is preferably 2,000 to 100,000.
The molecular weight distribution Mw/Mn of the polyester resin is preferably 1.5 to 100, more preferably 2 to 60.
The weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight of the resin were measured by Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC). The measurement of the molecular weight by GPC was carried out using HLC-8120 manufactured by Tosoh corporation as a measuring device, TSK gel Super HM-M15cm manufactured by Tosoh corporation as a column, and tetrahydrofuran as a solvent. A molecular weight calibration curve was prepared using monodisperse polystyrene standards, and the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight were calculated from the above measurement results using the molecular weight calibration curve.
Colorants-
The toner particles contain c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48.
Content of colorant
When c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 48 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any of the following (A1-1) to (A1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 7597C. (A1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 0.75 mass% or more and less than 1.25 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48 is 3.75 mass% or more and less than 4.75 mass% (A1-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 1.25 mass% or more and less than 1.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48 is 2.75 mass% or more and less than 4.75 mass% (A1-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 1.75 mass% or more and less than 2.25 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48 is 2.75 mass% or more and less than 4.25 mass% (A1-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any of the following (A2-1) to (A2-3). (A2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 1.25 mass% or more and less than 1.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48.
When the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 48 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (B1-1) to (B1-3) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 7597C. (B1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 1.75% by mass or more and less than 2.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 48 is 3.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass (B1-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 48 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass (B1-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 48 is 2.25% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any of the following (B2-1) to (B2-2). (B2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 1.75% by mass or more and less than 2.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 48.
When c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 57 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (C1-1) to (C1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 7597C. (C1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 57.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C, the content of each colorant is preferably one satisfying the following (C2-1) to (C2-2). The content of (C2-1) c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the content of c.i. pigment red 57.
When the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 184 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any of the following (D1-1) to (D1-3) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 7597C. (D1-1) 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 3.75 mass% or more and less than 5.25 mass% of c.i. pigment red 184 (D1-2) 2.75 mass% or more and less than 3.25 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 3.75 mass% or more and less than 5.75 mass% of c.i. pigment red 184 (D1-3) 3.25 mass% or more and less than 3.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 4.25 mass% or more and less than 6.25 mass% of c.i. pigment red 184.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C, the content of each colorant is preferably one satisfying the following (D2-1) to (D2-3). (D2-1) 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 4.25 mass% or more and less than 4.75 mass% of c.i. pigment red 184 (D2-2) 2.75 mass% or more and less than 3.25 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 3.75 mass% or more and less than 5.75 mass% of c.i. pigment red 184 (D2-3) 3.25 mass% or more and less than 3.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 4.75 mass% or more and less than 5.75 mass% of c.i. pigment red 184.
In addition, from the viewpoint of being able to more easily control the color difference Δ E from PANTONE7597C within the above range, it is preferable to contain only c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant and to contain only one of the c.i. pigment red 48.
In addition, the content of each colorant in this case is also preferably within the above range.
The toner particles may contain other colorants other than c.i. pigment yellow 74, c.i. pigment red 48. The other colorant may be a pigment or a dye, and is preferably a pigment from the viewpoint of light resistance and water resistance.
As other coloring agents, there may be mentioned, for example, siO 2 (silica), tiO 2 (titanium dioxide) and Al 2 O 3 White pigments such as (alumina); c.i. pigment red 122, red pigments such as rose bengal and dyes; yellow pigments and dyes such as c.i. pigment yellow 97, c.i. pigment yellow 12, quinoline yellow, and chrome yellow; green pigments and dyes such as malachite green oxalate; c.i. pigment blue 15, blue pigments and dyes such as aniline blue, copper oil blue, ultramarine blue, phthalocyanine blue, and chlorinated methylene blue; black pigments and dyes such as carbon black, lampblack, nigrosine, and the like.
White pigments such as silica, titania, and alumina may be added to the toner particles for purposes other than coloring (for example, for purposes such as charge control of the toner).
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE7597C, the total amount of the white pigments in the toner particles is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, further preferably 10% by mass or less, further preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or less.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE7597C, the content of the c.i. pigment yellow 74, c.i. pigment red 48.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE7597C, the total amount of the c.i. pigment yellow 74, c.i. pigment red 48.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE7597C, the total amount of c.i. pigment yellow 74, c.i. pigment red 48.
Anti-sticking agents
Examples of the antiblocking agent include: a hydrocarbon-based wax; natural waxes such as carnauba wax, rice bran wax, candelilla wax, and the like; synthetic or mineral/petroleum waxes such as montan wax; ester-based waxes such as fatty acid esters and montanic acid esters; and so on. The antiblocking agent is not limited to these.
The melting temperature of the antiblocking agent is preferably 50 ℃ to 110 ℃ inclusive, and more preferably 60 ℃ to 100 ℃ inclusive.
The melting temperature of the releasing agent is obtained from a DSC curve obtained by Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) in accordance with "melting peak temperature" described in the method of determining the melting temperature in JIS K7121-1987, "method of measuring transition temperature of plastics".
The content of the releasing agent in the toner particles is preferably 1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less.
Inorganic oxide particles-
The toner particles may also contain inorganic oxide particles. Examples of the inorganic oxide include SiO 2 (silica), tiO 2 (titanium dioxide) and Al 2 O 3 (alumina), cuO, znO, snO 2 、CeO 2 、Fe 2 O 3 、MgO、BaO、CaO、K 2 O、Na 2 O、ZrO 2 、CaO·SiO 2 、K 2 O·(TiO 2 ) n 、Al 2 O 3 ·2SiO 2 、CaCO 3 、MgCO 3 、BaSO 4 、MgSO 4 And the like.
The surface of the inorganic oxide particles may not be subjected to a hydrophobization treatment in advance, or may be subjected to a hydrophobization treatment in advance.
From the viewpoint of being less likely to affect the toner hue, the content of the inorganic oxide particles in the toner particles is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, still more preferably 10% by mass or less, still more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or less.
Other additives-
Examples of the other additives include known additives such as magnetic substances, charge control agents, and inorganic powders. These additives are contained in the toner particles as internal additives.
Characteristics of the toner particles
The toner particles may be toner particles having a single-layer structure, or may be toner particles having a so-called core-shell structure composed of a core portion (core particle) and a coating layer (shell layer) covering the core portion. The core-shell structured toner particles, for example, may be constituted of a core portion constituted by containing a binder resin, a colorant, and other additives such as a releasing agent as needed, and a coating layer constituted by containing a binder resin.
The volume average particle diameter (D50 v) of the toner particles is preferably 2 μm to 10 μm, and more preferably 4 μm to 8 μm.
Various average particle diameters and various particle size distribution indices of toner particles were measured using a Coulter Multisizer II (manufactured by Beckman Coulter Co.) and using ISOTON-II (manufactured by Beckman Coulter Co.) as an electrolytic solution.
In the measurement, 0.5mg to 50mg of the measurement sample is added to 2ml of a 5% aqueous solution of a surfactant (preferably sodium alkylbenzenesulfonate) as a dispersant. The obtained liquid is added to an electrolyte solution of 100ml to 150 ml.
The electrolyte solution in which the sample was suspended was dispersed and treated with an ultrasonic disperser for 1 minute, and the particle size distribution of particles having a particle size range of 2 μm to 60 μm was measured by a Coulter Multisizer II using pores having a pore size of 100 μm. The number of sampling particles is 50000.
Cumulative distributions are plotted for volume and number from the small diameter side for particle size ranges (channels) divided based on the measured particle size distribution, respectively, and the particle diameter at the cumulative percentage of 16% is defined as a volume particle diameter D16v and a number particle diameter D16p, the particle diameter at the cumulative percentage of 50% is defined as a volume average particle diameter D50v and a number average particle diameter D50p, and the particle diameter at the cumulative percentage of 84% is defined as a volume particle diameter D84v and a number particle diameter D84p.
By using these, according to (D84 v/D16 v) 1/2 Calculating a volume average particle size distribution index (GSDv) according to (D84 p/D16 p) 1/2 The number average particle size distribution index (GSDp) was calculated.
The shape factor SF1 of the toner particles is preferably 110 to 150, and more preferably 120 to 140.
The shape factor SF1 is obtained by the following equation.
The formula is as follows: SF1= (ML) 2 /A)×(π/4)×100
In the above equation, ML represents the absolute maximum length of the toner, and a represents the projected area of the toner.
Specifically, the shape factor SF1 is mainly obtained by analyzing a microscope image or a Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) image using an image analysis device, digitizing the image, and calculating the result as follows. Namely, it is obtained by: an optical microscope image of the particles scattered on the surface of the slide glass was introduced into a Luzex image analyzer by a video camera to obtain the maximum length and projected area of 100 particles, and the maximum length and projected area were calculated by the above formula, and the average value thereof was obtained.
[ external additive ]
As the external additive, for example, inorganic particles can be cited. The inorganic particles include SiO 2 、TiO 2 、Al 2 O 3 、CuO、ZnO、SnO 2 、CeO 2 、Fe 2 O 3 、MgO、BaO、CaO、K 2 O、Na 2 O、ZrO 2 、CaO·SiO 2 、K 2 O·(TiO 2 ) n 、Al 2 O 3 ·2SiO 2 、CaCO 3 、MgCO 3 、BaSO 4 、MgSO 4 And the like.
The surface of the inorganic particles as the external additive may be subjected to a hydrophobic treatment. For example, the hydrophobization treatment is performed by immersing the inorganic particles in a hydrophobization treatment agent or the like. The hydrophobizing agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silane coupling agents, silicone oils, titanate coupling agents, and aluminum coupling agents. These may be used alone in 1 kind, or 2 or more kinds may be used in combination.
The amount of the hydrophobizing agent is, for example, 1 part by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the inorganic particles.
Examples of the external additive include resin particles (resin particles such as polystyrene, PMMA, and melamine), and a cleaning activator (for example, a metal salt of a higher fatty acid typified by zinc stearate, and particles of a fluorine-containing high molecular weight polymer).
The external addition amount of the external additive is, for example, preferably 0.01 to 5 mass%, more preferably 0.01 to 2 mass%, with respect to the toner particles.
[ method for producing toner ]
The toner of embodiment 1 may be toner particles produced and used as a toner, or may be toner obtained by adding an external additive to the toner particles from the outside.
The toner particles can be produced by any of a dry production method (e.g., kneading pulverization method) and a wet production method (e.g., aggregation coagulation method, suspension polymerization method, dissolution suspension method, and the like). These production methods are not particularly limited, and known production methods can be used. Among them, the toner particles are preferably obtained by an aggregation coagulation method.
Specifically, for example, when toner particles are produced by an aggregation coagulation method, the toner particles are produced by:
a step of preparing a resin particle dispersion in which resin particles as a binder resin are dispersed (resin particle dispersion preparation step);
a step of preparing a colorant dispersion in which colorant particles are dispersed (colorant dispersion preparation step);
a step of aggregating the resin particles and the colorant (and other particles as necessary) in a dispersion liquid obtained by mixing the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid (and other particle dispersion liquids as necessary) to form aggregated particles (aggregated particle forming step); and
a step of heating the aggregated particle dispersion liquid in which the aggregated particles are dispersed to fuse and coagulate the aggregated particles, thereby forming toner particles (fusion-coagulation step).
The details of each step of the aggregation coagulation method are described below.
In the following description, a method of obtaining toner particles further containing a releasing agent is described, but the releasing agent is used as needed. Of course, other additives besides antiblocking agents may also be used.
Resin particle dispersion preparation step
First, a resin particle dispersion liquid in which resin particles as a binder resin are dispersed is prepared.
The resin particle dispersion liquid is prepared, for example, by: the resin particles are dispersed in the dispersion medium by a surfactant.
The dispersion medium used in the resin particle dispersion liquid may be, for example, an aqueous medium.
Examples of the aqueous medium include: water such as distilled water and ion exchange water; alcohols; and the like. These may be used alone in 1 kind, or in combination of 2 or more kinds.
Examples of the surfactant include: anionic surfactants such as sulfate salts, sulfonate salts, phosphate esters, and soaps; cationic surfactants such as amine salt type and quaternary ammonium salt type; nonionic surfactants such as polyethylene glycols, alkylphenol ethylene oxide adducts, and polyhydric alcohols; and the like. Among these, anionic surfactants and cationic surfactants can be specifically mentioned. The nonionic surfactant may be used in combination with an anionic surfactant or a cationic surfactant.
The surfactant may be used alone in 1 kind, or in combination of 2 or more kinds.
Examples of the method of dispersing the resin particles in the dispersion medium include general dispersion methods using a rotary shear homogenizer, a ball mill with media, a sand mill, a Dyno mill, and the like. Depending on the kind of the resin particles, for example, the resin particles may be dispersed in the dispersion medium by a phase inversion emulsification method.
The phase inversion emulsification method is a method in which: the resin to be dispersed is dissolved in a hydrophobic organic solvent in which the resin is soluble, a base is added to the organic continuous phase (O phase) to neutralize it, and then water (W phase) is added to perform phase inversion from W/O to O/W, thereby dispersing the resin in an aqueous medium in the form of particles.
The volume average particle diameter of the resin particles dispersed in the resin particle dispersion is, for example, preferably 0.01 μm or more and 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.08 μm or more and 0.8 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.1 μm or more and 0.6 μm or less.
As for the volume average particle diameter of the resin particles, a particle size distribution obtained by measurement with a laser diffraction type particle size distribution meter (for example, LA-700 manufactured by Horiba, ltd.) was used, and a volume cumulative distribution was drawn from the small diameter side based on the divided particle size range (channel), and the particle diameter at 50% with respect to the entire particle volume was taken as the volume average particle diameter D50v. The volume average particle diameter of the particles in other dispersions was measured by the same method.
The content of the resin particles contained in the resin particle dispersion liquid is preferably 5 mass% to 50 mass%, and more preferably 10 mass% to 40 mass%.
Colorant dispersion preparation step
The colorant dispersion liquid in which the colorant particles are dispersed is prepared by the same method as the method for preparing the resin particle dispersion liquid. That is, the dispersion medium, the surfactant, the dispersion method, the volume average particle diameter of the particles, and the particle content of the colorant dispersion are the same as those of the resin particle dispersion. In place of the colorant dispersion liquid, a colorant-containing resin particle dispersion liquid in which a colorant is dispersed in resin particles may be used.
Further, an anti-blocking agent dispersion liquid in which anti-blocking agent particles are dispersed is also prepared by the same method as the preparation method of the resin particle dispersion liquid. That is, the dispersion medium, the surfactant, the dispersion method, the volume average particle diameter of the particles, and the particle content of the anti-blocking agent dispersion are the same as those of the resin particle dispersion. In place of the anti-blocking agent dispersion liquid, a resin particle dispersion liquid containing an anti-blocking agent in which an anti-blocking agent is dispersed in resin particles may be used.
-aggregate particle formation step-
Next, the resin particle dispersion liquid, the colorant dispersion liquid, and the anti-tackiness agent dispersion liquid are mixed.
Next, in the mixed dispersion, the resin particles, the colorant particles, and the releasing agent particles are heterogeneously aggregated (heter-aggregation) to form aggregated particles having a diameter close to that of the target toner particles and containing the resin particles, the colorant particles, and the releasing agent particles.
Specifically, for example, the pH of the mixed dispersion is adjusted to be acidic (for example, pH2 or more and 5 or less) while adding the coagulant to the mixed dispersion, and after adding the dispersion stabilizer if necessary, the mixed dispersion is heated to a temperature near the glass transition temperature of the resin particles (specifically, for example, glass transition temperature of the resin particles is-30 ℃ or more and glass transition temperature of the resin particles is-10 ℃ or less) to aggregate the particles dispersed in the mixed dispersion, thereby forming aggregated particles.
In the aggregate particle formation step, for example, the pH of the mixed dispersion may be adjusted to an acidic pH (for example, pH2 or more and 5 or less) by adding the coagulant at room temperature (for example, 25 ℃) while stirring the mixed dispersion with a rotary shear type homogenizer, and heating may be performed after adding the dispersion stabilizer if necessary.
Examples of the aggregating agent include surfactants having a polarity opposite to that of the surfactant contained in the mixed dispersion, for example, inorganic metal salts and metal complexes having a valence of 2 or more. When the metal complex is used as a coagulant, the amount of the coagulant used is reduced, and the charging characteristics are improved.
Additives that form complexes or similar bonds with the metal ions of the agglutinating agent can also be used with the agglutinating agent. As such an additive, a chelating agent is suitably used.
Examples of the inorganic metal salt include: metal salts such as calcium chloride, calcium nitrate, barium chloride, magnesium chloride, zinc chloride, aluminum sulfate and the like; inorganic metal salt polymers such as polyaluminum chloride, polyaluminum hydroxide and calcium polysulfide; and so on.
As the chelating agent, a water-soluble chelating agent may be used. Examples of the chelating agent include an oxycarboxylic acid such as tartaric acid, citric acid, and gluconic acid (12458124611241241246112512459; aminocarboxylic acids such as iminodiacetic acid (IDA), nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA), and ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); and the like.
The amount of the chelating agent to be added is, for example, preferably 0.01 to 5.0 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to less than 3.0 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin particles.
Fusion coagulation step-
Next, the aggregated particle dispersion liquid in which the aggregated particles are dispersed is, for example, heated to a temperature of the glass transition temperature of the resin particles or higher (for example, a temperature of 10 ℃ to 30 ℃ or higher than the glass transition temperature of the resin particles) to fuse and coagulate the aggregated particles, forming toner particles.
Through the above steps, toner particles are obtained.
Note that the toner particles may also be produced by the following steps: a step of, after obtaining an aggregated particle dispersion liquid in which aggregated particles are dispersed, further mixing the aggregated particle dispersion liquid with a resin particle dispersion liquid in which resin particles are dispersed, and aggregating in such a manner that the resin particles are also attached to the surfaces of the aggregated particles, thereby forming 2 nd aggregated particles; and a step of heating the 2 nd aggregated particle dispersion liquid in which the 2 nd aggregated particle is dispersed to fuse and coagulate the 2 nd aggregated particle to form a core-shell structured toner particle.
After the completion of the coalescence step, the toner particles formed in the solution are subjected to a known cleaning step, a solid-liquid separation step, and a drying step to obtain toner particles in a dry state.
In the cleaning step, displacement washing with ion-exchanged water can be sufficiently performed from the viewpoint of charging properties. The solid-liquid separation step is not particularly limited, but may be performed by suction filtration, pressure filtration or the like from the viewpoint of productivity. The method of the drying step is also not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of productivity, freeze drying, flash drying, fluidized drying, vibrated fluidized drying, and the like may be performed.
In addition, the toner in the present embodiment is prepared, for example, by adding an external additive to toner particles in a dry state and mixing. For example, mixing can be performed with a V-blender, henschel mixer, loedige mixer, or the like. In addition, coarse particles in the toner may be removed by a vibration sieve, a wind sieve, or the like as necessary.
Next, a method for producing toner particles by the dissolution suspension method will be described in detail.
The dissolution suspension method is such that: a material containing a binder resin, a colorant, and, if necessary, other components such as a releasing agent is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent in which the binder resin is soluble, the resulting liquid is granulated in an aqueous medium containing an inorganic dispersant, and the solvent is removed to obtain toner particles.
As other components used in the dissolution suspension method, various components such as internal additives, charge control agents, inorganic powders (inorganic particles), organic particles and the like can be cited in addition to the releasing agent.
In the present embodiment, the binder resin, the colorant, and other components used as needed are dissolved or dispersed in a solvent in which the binder resin can be dissolved. Whether or not the binder resin is soluble depends on the constituent components of the binder resin, the molecular chain length, the degree of three-dimensionality, and the like, and therefore cannot be generally determined, but hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, hexane, and the like are generally used; halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, chloroform, dichloroethane, and dichloroethylene; alcohols or ethers such as ethanol, butanol, ethyl benzyl alcohol, isopropyl benzyl alcohol ether, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, and the like; esters such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, etc.; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, dimethyl ether (\12472\ 12481124811241242312412412412412412489) \\; ketones such as diacetone alcohol, cyclohexanone and methylcyclohexanone, and acetals.
These solvents dissolve the binder resin without having to dissolve the colorant and other ingredients. The colorant and other components may be dispersed in the binder resin solution. The amount of the solvent used is not limited as long as it is a viscosity at which granulation in an aqueous medium is possible. From the viewpoint of ease of granulation and yield of final toner particles, it is preferable that the ratio of the material containing the binder resin, the colorant, and other components (the former) to the solvent (the latter) is 10/90 to 50/50 (the former/latter mass ratio).
A liquid (toner mother liquor) of the binder resin, the colorant, and other components dissolved or dispersed in the solvent is granulated so as to have a predetermined particle diameter in an aqueous medium containing an inorganic dispersant. The aqueous medium is mainly water. The mixing ratio of the aqueous medium to the toner mother liquid is preferably aqueous medium/mother liquid =90/10 to 50/50 (mass ratio). As the inorganic dispersant, it is preferably selected from tricalcium phosphate, hydroxyapatite, calcium carbonate, titanium oxide, and silica powder. The amount of the inorganic dispersant used depends on the particle diameter of the granulated particles, but is usually preferably 0.1 mass% or more and 15 mass% or less with respect to the toner mother liquor. When the amount is 0.1 mass% or more, satisfactory granulation can be achieved, and when the amount is 15 mass% or less, generation of unnecessary fine particles can be suppressed and the objective granules can be obtained at a high yield.
In order to favorably granulate the toner mother liquor in an aqueous medium containing an inorganic dispersant, an auxiliary agent may be added to the aqueous medium. As the auxiliary agent, known cationic, anionic and nonionic surfactants are available, and anionic surfactants are particularly preferred. For example, sodium alkylbenzenesulfonate, sodium α -olefinsulfonate, sodium alkylsulfonate and the like are mentioned, and they are preferably at 1X 10 to the toner mother liquor -4 The content is not less than 0.1% by mass.
Granulation of the toner mother liquor in an aqueous medium containing an inorganic dispersant is preferably performed under shear. The toner mother liquid dispersed in the aqueous medium is preferably granulated so that the average particle diameter is 15 μm or less. Particularly preferably 3 μm to 10 μm.
As the apparatus having a shearing mechanism, there are various dispersers, and among them, a homogenizer is preferable. By using a homogenizer, substances that are immiscible with each other (in this embodiment, an aqueous medium containing an inorganic dispersant and a toner mother liquor) are passed through a gap between a sleeve and a rotating rotor, whereby substances immiscible with a certain liquid are dispersed in the form of particles. Examples of the homogenizer include a TK homogenizer, a linear homogenizer, an automatic homogenizer (manufactured by Special machines industries Co., ltd.), a Silverson homogenizer (manufactured by Silverson Ltd.), a Polytron homogenizer (manufactured by KINEMATICA AG), and the like.
The stirring conditions using the homogenizer are preferably such that the peripheral speed of the blades of the rotor is 2 m/sec or more. Above this speed, the granulation tends to proceed sufficiently. In this embodiment, the toner mother liquor is granulated in an aqueous medium containing an inorganic dispersant, and then the solvent is removed. The solvent can be removed at normal temperature (25 ℃) and normal pressure, but since this removal requires a long time, it is preferably performed under temperature conditions lower than the boiling point of the solvent and in which the difference from the boiling point is in the range of 80 ℃ or less. The pressure may be normal pressure or reduced pressure, but is preferably 20mmHg or more and 150mmHg or less in the case of reduced pressure.
The toner particles obtained by the above-described dissolution suspension method are preferably washed with hydrochloric acid or the like after removing the solvent. Thus, the inorganic dispersant remaining on the surface of the toner particles is removed, and the original composition of the toner particles can be maintained and the characteristics thereof can be improved. Then, dehydration and drying are performed to obtain powdery toner particles.
In the toner particles obtained by the dissolution suspension method, as in the case of the aggregation coagulation method, for the purposes of adjusting chargeability, imparting fluidity, imparting charge exchange properties, and the like, inorganic oxides represented by silica, titania, alumina, and the like may be added as external additives. In addition to the inorganic oxide and the like, other components (particles) such as a charge control agent, organic particles, a lubricant, and an abrasive may be added as an external additive.
Next, a method for producing toner particles by the kneading and pulverizing method will be described in detail.
The kneading and pulverizing method is a method of: toner particles are obtained by using a binder resin and a material (internal additive) containing a colorant and other components such as a releasing agent used as needed, mechanically dispersing the internal additive in the binder resin under heat, pressure, or both, and pulverizing and classifying the obtained kneaded product.
The addition of the above-described internal additives inside the toner particles is performed by a kneading process. The kneading at this time is carried out using various heating kneaders. As the heating kneader, there can be mentioned: three-roll type, single-shaft screw type, twin-shaft screw type, banbury mixer type, etc.
In the method for producing toner particles according to the present embodiment, pulverization or classification may be carried out arbitrarily. The kneaded product is pulverized by, for example, a micronizer, ulmax, jet Mill (Jet-o-pulverizer), KTM (Crypton), turbo Mill (Turbo Mill) or the like. Further, formula I Jet-Mill can be used. For classification, an ELBOW nozzle (ELBOW-JET) using the coanda effect, an air JET, and the like can be used, and the following methods can be mentioned as the subsequent steps: the spheroidization by hot air can be carried out by changing the shape by adding a treatment process using a Hybridization system (manufactured by Nara machinery), a Mechano-fusion system (manufactured by Hosokawa Micron Co., ltd.), a KRYPTRON system (manufactured by Kawasaki Seisakusho Co., ltd.), or the like.
(toner for developing Electrostatic image according to embodiment 2)
The toner for electrostatic image development of embodiment 2 is the following toner for electrostatic image development:
which comprises toner particles containing at least a binder resin, at least 1 yellow colorant selected from the group consisting of C.I. pigment yellow 155 and C.I. pigment yellow 185, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of C.I. pigment red 238 and C.I. pigment red 146, wherein
The toner load T (g/m) was established on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm) of the toner particles)", a color difference Δ E obtained by the following expression with PANTONE7597C is 10 or less.
[ number 1 ]
ΔE＝{(L 1 －L 2 ) 2 +(a 1 －a 2 ) 2 +(b 1 －b 2 ) 2 } 0.5
[ in the above formula, L is as defined above 1 、a 1 And b 1 L each of PANTONE7597C ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was obtained by measuring a color sample PANTONE7597C with a reflection densitometer. L above 2 、a 2 And b 2 L of the images formed by the toner for developing electrostatic images ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer. ]
The toner particles constituting the toner of embodiment 2 contain at least: a binder resin, at least 1 yellow colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. (Color Index (hereinafter the same)) pigment yellow 155 and pigment yellow 185, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146.
In addition, the toner of the present embodiment forms a toner load T (g/m) on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm) of the toner particles)", a color difference Δ E obtained by the following expression with PANTONE7597C is 10 or less.
By providing the above-described configuration, a toner capable of forming an image having excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C is provided.
Number 2
ΔE＝{(L 1 －L 2 ) 2 +(a 1 －a 2 ) 2 +(b 1 －b 2 ) 2 } 0.5
In the above formula, L is 1 、a 1 、b 1 、L 2 、a 2 And b 2 The same as described in embodiment 1.
[ toner particles ]
The toner particles contain a binder resin and a colorant, and may further contain a releasing agent or other internal additives.
The components contained in the toner particles will be described in detail below.
Binder resins-
As the binder resin, the same thing as described in embodiment 1 is applied.
Colorants-
The toner particles contain at least 1 selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment yellow 155 and c.i. pigment yellow 185 as a yellow colorant, and contain at least 1 selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 238 (= c.i. pigment red 269) and c.i. pigment red 146 as a red colorant.
Content of colorant
When c.i. pigment yellow 155 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 238 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (A1-1) to (A1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 7597C. (A1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass (A1-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 3.25% by mass or more and less than 3.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass (A1-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass (A1-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any of the following (A2-1) to (A2-4). (A2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass (A2-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 3.25% by mass or more and less than 3.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass (A2-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass (A2-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass.
When the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is contained as the yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 146 is contained as the red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (B1-1) to (B1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 7597C. (B1-1) 1.75% by mass or more and less than 2.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (B1-2) 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 3.75% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (B1-3) 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 3.75% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (B1-4) 3.25% by mass or more and less than 3.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any of the following (B2-1) to (B2-3). (B2-1) 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 3.75 mass% or more and less than 5.25 mass% of c.i. pigment red 146 (B2-2) 2.75 mass% or more and less than 3.25 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 4.25 mass% or more and less than 5.75 mass% of c.i. pigment red 146 (B2-3) 3.25 mass% or more and less than 3.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 4.75 mass% or more and less than 6.25 mass% of c.i. pigment red 146.
When the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is contained as a yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 238 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any of the following (C1-1) to (C1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 7597C. The (C1-1) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass (C1-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 3.25% by mass or more and less than 3.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass (C1-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass (C1-4) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any of the following (C2-1) to (C2-4). The (C2-1) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass (C2-2) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 3.25% by mass or more and less than 3.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass (C2-3) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass (C2-4) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass.
When c.i. pigment yellow 185 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 146 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (D1-1) to (D1-3) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 7597C. (D1-1) 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 185, and 3.75% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (D1-2) 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 185, and 3.75% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (D1-3) 3.25% by mass or more and less than 3.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 185, and 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C, the content of each colorant is preferably one satisfying the following (D2-1) to (D2-3). (D2-1) 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 185, and 3.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (D2-2) 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 185, and 4.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (D2-3) 3.25% by mass or more and less than 3.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 185, and 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146.
In addition, from the viewpoint of being able to more easily control the color difference Δ E with PANTONE7597C within the above range, it is preferable to contain only either c.i. pigment yellow 155 or c.i. pigment yellow 185 as a yellow colorant and only either c.i. pigment red 238 or c.i. pigment red 146 as a red colorant.
In addition, the content of each colorant in this case is also preferably within the above range.
The toner particles may contain colorants other than c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146. The other colorant may be a pigment or a dye, and is preferably a pigment from the viewpoint of light resistance and water resistance.
As other coloring agents, there may be mentioned, for example, siO 2 (silica), tiO 2 (titanium dioxide) and Al 2 O 3 White pigments such as (alumina); c.i. pigment red 122, c.i. pigment red 48, c.i. pigment red 57; yellow pigments and dyes such as c.i. pigment yellow 97, c.i. pigment yellow 12, quinoline yellow, and chrome yellow; green pigments and dyes such as malachite green oxalate; c.i. pigment blue 15, blue pigments and dyes such as aniline blue, copper oil blue, ultramarine blue, phthalocyanine blue, and chlorinated methylene blue; black pigments and dyes such as carbon black, lampblack, nigrosine, and the like.
White pigments such as silica, titania, and alumina may be added to the toner particles for purposes other than coloring (for example, for purposes such as charge control of the toner).
The total amount of the white pigment in the toner particles is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, even more preferably 10% by mass or less, even more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE 7597C.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE7597C, the content of the c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146, and the colorant other than the white pigment in the toner particles is preferably 1 mass% or less, more preferably 0.5 mass% or less, further preferably 0.1 mass% or less, further preferably not more than the detection limit, and substantially not included, and particularly preferably 0 mass% per colorant.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE7597C, the total amount of c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238, c.i. pigment red 146, and white pigment in the total amount of the colorants in the toner particles is preferably 85 mass% or more, more preferably 90 mass% or more, further preferably 95 mass% or more, further preferably 99 mass% or more, and particularly preferably 100 mass% (that is, the total amount does not contain the c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238, c.i. pigment red 146, and the colorants other than white pigment).
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE7597C, the total amount of c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238, and c.i. pigment red 146 in the total amount of the colorants in the toner particles is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, still more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 60% by mass or more, still more preferably 70% by mass, still more preferably 80% by mass, still more preferably 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 100% by mass (i.e., the total amount does not contain any colorant other than c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238, and c.i. pigment red 146).
Anti-sticking agents
As the antiblocking agent, the same thing as described in embodiment 1 can be applied.
Inorganic oxide particles-
The toner particles may contain inorganic oxide particles, the contents of which are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
Other additives
The other additives are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
Characteristics of toner particles-
The characteristics of the toner particles are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
[ external additives ]
As the external additive, the same as described in embodiment 1 is applied.
[ method for producing toner ]
The toner of embodiment 2 is the same as the method described in [ method for producing toner ] of embodiment 1.
(toner for developing Electrostatic image according to embodiment 3)
The toner for electrostatic image development of embodiment 3 is a toner for electrostatic image development of:
which comprises toner particles containing at least a binder resin,
C.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48
The toner load T (g/m) was established on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, a color difference Δ E with PANTONE199C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less.
Number 2
ΔE＝{(L 3 －L 4 ) 2 +(a 3 －a 4 ) 2 +(b 3 －b 4 ) 2 } 0.5
[ in the above formula, L is as defined above 3 、a 3 And b 3 L each of PANTONE199C ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The values obtained by measuring the color sample PANTONE199C with a reflection densitometer. L above 4 、a 4 And b 4 L of the images formed by the toner for developing electrostatic images ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.]
The toner particles constituting the toner of embodiment 3 contain at least: a binder resin, c.i. (Color Index (the same applies hereinafter)) pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48.
In addition, the toner of the present embodiment forms a toner load T (g/m) on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) Satisfying "T =4 XD/7 (wherein D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm) of the toner particles)" In the case of an image of the formula, the color difference Δ E from PANTONE199C obtained by the following formula is 10 or less.
By having the above-described configuration, a toner capable of forming an image having excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C is provided.
[ number 2 ]
ΔE＝{(L 1 －L 2 ) 2 +(a 1 －a 2 ) 2 +(b 1 －b 2 ) 2 } 0.5
In the above formula, L is 3 、a 3 And b 3 L each of PANTONE199C ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was obtained by measuring a color sample PANTONE199C with a reflection densitometer (product name: xrite-939, manufactured by X-Rite Co., ltd.). L above 4 、a 4 And b 4 L of the image formed by the toner for developing electrostatic image ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.
The color difference Δ E is expressed by CIE1976L ＊ a ＊ b ＊ L in the color system ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value represents the color difference.
The color sample PANTONE199C is a color sample in which an image is formed on a coated paper having the above-described glossiness (gloss), and the color difference Δ E is also measured in the case of an image formed using a toner at the time of measuring the color difference Δ E with respect to a coated paper satisfying the above-described glossiness condition.
The gloss (gloss) of the coated paper used for measuring the color difference Δ E was measured by the following method.
The gloss (gloss) of the coated paper in the present embodiment is measured at 60 ℃ according to JIS K5600-4-7 (JIS Z8741), and model 4430micro-TRI-gloss manufactured by BYK-Gardner was used as a measuring instrument.
Further, the toner load T of the image provided for measuring the color difference Δ E is fixed to the value calculated by the expression "T =4 × D/7" based on the value D obtained by dividing the unit of the volume average particle diameter (μm) of the toner particles by the length as described above.
The reason why the expression for calculating the toner load amount T of the image provided for measuring the color difference Δ E is "T =4 × D/7" as described above is as follows.
That is, there is a space between the paper and the toner particles in a state where the toner particles are not fixed, whereas at the time of fixing, the toner particles are melted, and the space is reduced to fill the melted toner particles in the space, thereby forming a toner image. However, it is generally preferable to obtain a solid image by using a value represented by the formula "T =4 × D/7".
The smaller the above-mentioned color difference Δ E from PANTONE199C is, the more preferable. The color difference Δ E is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 7 or less, further preferably 6 or less, and further preferably 5 or less.
Examples of a method for controlling the color difference Δ E from PANTONE199C to fall within the above range include a method of selecting a yellow colorant and a red colorant contained in toner particles, and a method of adjusting the amounts of the yellow colorant and the red colorant, respectively.
[ toner particles ]
The toner particles contain a binder resin and a colorant, and may further contain a releasing agent or other internal additives.
The components contained in the toner particles will be described in detail below.
Binder resin-
As the binder resin, the same as described in embodiment 1 is used.
As the binder resin, polyester resin is suitable.
As for the polyester resin, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C, an amorphous polyester resin and a crystalline polyester resin may be used in combination.
Colorants-
The toner particles contain c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and contain a colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48: 1. c.i. pigment red 48: 3. c.i. pigment red 57:1 and c.i. pigment red 184 as a red colorant.
Content of colorant
When the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 48 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (A1-1) to (A1-2) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 199C. (A1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 0.25 mass% or more and less than 0.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C, the content of each colorant is preferably one satisfying the following (A2-1) to (A2-2). (A2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 0.25 mass% or more and less than 0.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48.
When c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 48 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (B1-1) to (B1-3) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 199C. (B1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 0.25 mass% or more and less than 0.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C, the content of each colorant is preferably such that it satisfies any one of the following (B2-1) to (B2-2). (B2-1) 0.25 mass% or more and less than 0.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 4.25 mass% or more and less than 5.75 mass% of c.i. pigment red 48 (B2-2) 0.75 mass% or more and less than 1.25 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 3.75 mass% or more and less than 5.25 mass% of c.i. pigment red 48.
When the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 57 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (C1-1) to (C1-5) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 199C. (C1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 1.25 mass% or more and less than 1.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 57 is 5.25 mass% or more and less than 6.25 mass% (C1-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 1.75 mass% or more and less than 2.25 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 57 1 is 4.75 mass% or more and less than 7.25 mass% (C1-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 57 is 5.25 mass% or more and less than 7.75 mass% (C1-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.75 mass% or more and less than 3.25 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 57 is 5.75 mass% or more and less than 7.75 mass% (C1-5) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 3.25 mass% or more and less than 3.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 57.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C, the content of each colorant is preferably such that it satisfies any one of the following (C2-1) to (C2-3). (C2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 1.75% by mass or more and less than 2.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 57 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass (C2-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 57 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass (C2-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 57 is 6.25% by mass or more and less than 7.75% by mass.
When the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 184 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (D1-1) to (D1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 199C. (D1-1) 1.25 mass% or more and less than 1.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 5.25 mass% or more and less than 6.25 mass% of c.i. pigment red 184 (D1-2) 1.75 mass% or more and less than 2.25 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 5.25 mass% or more and less than 7.25 mass% of c.i. pigment red 184 (D1-3) 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 5.25 mass% or more and less than 7.75 mass% of c.i. pigment red 184 (D1-4) 2.75 mass% or more and less than 3.25 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 5.75 mass% or more and less than 8.25 mass% of c.i. pigment red 184.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C, the content of each colorant is preferably one satisfying the following (D2-1) to (D2-3). (D2-1) 1.75% by mass or more and less than 2.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 5.25% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 184 (D2-2) 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 5.75% by mass or more and less than 7.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 184 (D2-3) 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 6.25% by mass or more and less than 7.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 184.
In addition, from the viewpoint that the color difference Δ E from PANTONE199C can be more easily controlled within the above range, it is preferable to contain only c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and to contain only one of the c.i. pigment red 48.
In addition, the content of each colorant in this case is also preferably within the above range.
The toner particles may contain other colorants other than c.i. pigment yellow 74, c.i. pigment red 48. The other colorant may be a pigment or a dye, and is preferably a pigment from the viewpoint of light resistance and water resistance.
As other coloring agents, there may be mentioned, for example, siO 2 (dioxygen)Silicon oxide), tiO 2 (titanium dioxide) and Al 2 O 3 White pigments such as (alumina); c.i. pigment red 122, red pigments such as rose bengal, and dyes; yellow pigments and dyes such as c.i. pigment yellow 97, c.i. pigment yellow 12, quinoline yellow, and chrome yellow; green pigments and dyes such as malachite green oxalate; c.i. pigment blue 15, blue pigments and dyes such as aniline blue, copper oil blue, ultramarine blue, phthalocyanine blue, and chlorinated methylene blue; black pigments such as carbon black, lampblack and nigrosine, and dyes.
White pigments such as silica, titania, and alumina may be added to the toner particles for purposes other than coloring (for example, for purposes such as charge control of the toner).
The total amount of the white pigment in the toner particles is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, even more preferably 10% by mass or less, even more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE 199C.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE199C, the content of the c.i. pigment yellow 74, c.i. pigment red 48.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE199C, the total amount of c.i. pigment yellow 74, c.i. pigment red 48, c.i. pigment red 57.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE199C, the total amount of c.i. pigment yellow 74, c.i. pigment red 48, c.i. pigment red 57.
Anti-sticking agents
As the releasing agent, the same as described in embodiment 1 can be applied.
Inorganic oxide particles-
The toner particles may contain inorganic oxide particles, the contents of which are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
Other additives
The other additives are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
Characteristics of the toner particles
The characteristics of the toner particles are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
[ external additive ]
As the external additive, the same as described in embodiment 1 is applied.
[ method for producing toner ]
The toner of embodiment 3 is the same as the method described in [ method for producing toner ] of embodiment 1.
(toner for developing Electrostatic image according to embodiment 4)
The toner for electrostatic image development of embodiment 4 is a toner for electrostatic image development of:
which comprises toner particles containing at least a binder resin,
At least 1 yellow colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment yellow 155 and c.i. pigment yellow 185, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146, wherein
The toner load T (g/m) was established on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, the color difference Δ E from PANTONE199C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less.
Number 2
ΔE＝{(L 3 －L 4 ) 2 +(a 3 －a 4 ) 2 +(b 3 －b 4 ) 2 } 0.5
In the above formula, L is 3 、a 3 、b 3 、L 4 、a 4 And b 4 The same as described in embodiment 3.
The toner particles constituting the toner of embodiment 4 contain at least: a binder resin, at least 1 yellow colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. (Color Index (hereinafter the same)) pigment yellow 155 and pigment yellow 185, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146.
In addition, the toner of the present embodiment forms a toner load T (g/m) on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, the color difference Δ E from PANTONE199C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less.
By providing the above-described configuration, a toner capable of forming an image having excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C is provided.
Number 2
ΔE＝{(L 3 －L 4 ) 2 +(a 3 －a 4 ) 2 +(b 3 －b 4 ) 2 } 0.5
In the above formula, L is 3 、a 3 、b 3 、L 4 、a 4 And b 4 As described in embodiment 3.
[ toner particles ]
The toner particles contain a binder resin and a colorant, and may further contain a releasing agent or other internal additives.
The components contained in the toner particles will be described in detail below.
Binder resins-
As the binder resin, the same thing as described in embodiment 1 is applied.
As the binder resin, polyester resin is suitable.
As for the polyester resin, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C, an amorphous polyester resin and a crystalline polyester resin may be used in combination.
Colorants-
The toner particles contain at least 1 selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment yellow 155 and c.i. pigment yellow 185 as a yellow colorant, and contain at least 1 selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 238 (= c.i. pigment red 269) and c.i. pigment red 146 as a red colorant.
Content of colorant
When the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is contained as a yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 238 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (A1-1) to (A1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 199C. The (A1-1) c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass (A1-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 8.25% by mass (A1-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 3.25% by mass or more and less than 3.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 6.25% by mass or more and less than 8.75% by mass (A1-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 6.75% by mass or more and less than 8.75% by mass.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C, the content of each colorant is preferably such that it satisfies any one of the following (A2-1) to (A2-4). (A2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass (A2-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 7.75% by mass (A2-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 3.25% by mass or more and less than 3.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 6.25% by mass or more and less than 8.25% by mass (A2-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 7.25% by mass or more and less than 8.25% by mass.
When c.i. pigment yellow 155 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 146 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (B1-1) to (B1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 199C. (B1-1) 1.25 mass% or more and less than 1.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 5.25 mass% or more and less than 6.75 mass% of c.i. pigment red 146 (B1-2) 1.75 mass% or more and less than 2.25 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 5.25 mass% or more and less than 7.75 mass% of c.i. pigment red 146 (B1-3) 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 5.75 mass% or more and less than 8.25 mass% of c.i. pigment red 146 (B1-4) 2.75 mass% or more and less than 3.25 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 6.25 mass% or more and less than 8.25 mass% of c.i. pigment red 146.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C, the content of each colorant is preferably such that it satisfies any one of the following (B2-1) to (B2-4). (B2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 1.25% by mass or more and less than 1.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass (B2-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 1.75% by mass or more and less than 2.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass (B2-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 7.75% by mass (B2-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 6.75% by mass or more and less than 7.75% by mass.
When the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is contained as a yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 238 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (C1-1) to (C1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 199C. The (C1-1) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass (C1-2) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 8.25% by mass (C1-3) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 3.25% by mass or more and less than 3.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 6.25% by mass or more and less than 8.75% by mass (C1-4) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 6.75% by mass or more and less than 8.75% by mass.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C, the content of each colorant is preferably such that it satisfies any one of the following (C2-1) to (C2-4). The (C2-1) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass (C2-2) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 7.75% by mass (C2-3) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 3.25% by mass or more and less than 3.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 6.25% by mass or more and less than 8.25% by mass (C2-4) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 7.25% by mass or more and less than 8.25% by mass.
When the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is contained as the yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 146 is contained as the red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (D1-1) to (D1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 199C. (D1-1) 1.25 mass% or more and less than 1.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 185, and 5.25 mass% or more and less than 6.75 mass% of c.i. pigment red 146 (D1-2) 1.75 mass% or more and less than 2.25 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 185, and 5.25 mass% or more and less than 7.75 mass% of c.i. pigment red 146 (D1-3) 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 185, and 5.75 mass% or more and less than 8.25 mass% of c.i. pigment red 146 (D1-4) 2.75 mass% or more and less than 3.25 mass% of c.i. pigment yellow 185, and 6.25 mass% or more and less than 8.25 mass% of c.i. pigment red 146.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C, the content of each colorant is preferably such that it satisfies any of the following (D2-1) to (D2-4). (D2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 1.25% by mass or more and less than 1.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass (D2-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 1.75% by mass or more and less than 2.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass (D2-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 7.75% by mass (D2-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 6.75% by mass or more and less than 7.75% by mass.
In addition, from the viewpoint of being able to more easily control the color difference Δ E from PANTONE199C within the above range, it is preferable to contain only either of the c.i. pigment yellow 155 or the c.i. pigment yellow 185 as a yellow colorant and only either of the c.i. pigment red 238 or the c.i. pigment red 146 as a red colorant.
In addition, the content of each colorant in this case is also preferably within the above range.
The toner particles may contain colorants other than c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146. The other colorant may be a pigment or a dye, and is preferably a pigment from the viewpoint of light resistance and water resistance.
As other coloring agents, there may be mentioned, for example, siO 2 (silica), tiO 2 (titanium dioxide) and Al 2 O 3 White pigments such as (alumina); c.i. pigment red 122, c.i. pigment red 48, c.i. pigment red 57; yellow pigments and dyes such as c.i. pigment yellow 97, c.i. pigment yellow 12, quinoline yellow, and chrome yellow; green pigments and dyes such as malachite green oxalate; c.i. pigment blue 15, blue pigments and dyes such as aniline blue, copper oil blue, ultramarine blue, phthalocyanine blue, and chlorinated methylene blue; black pigments and dyes such as carbon black, lampblack, nigrosine, and the like.
White pigments such as silica, titania, and alumina may be added to the toner particles for purposes other than coloring (for example, for purposes such as charge control of the toner).
The total amount of the white pigment in the toner particles is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, even more preferably 10% by mass or less, even more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE 199C.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE199C, the content of the c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146, and the colorant other than the white pigment in the toner particles is preferably 1 mass% or less, more preferably 0.5 mass% or less, further preferably 0.1 mass% or less, further preferably detection limit or less, and substantially excluded, and particularly preferably 0 mass% or less, per each colorant.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE199C, the total amount of the c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238, c.i. pigment red 146, and the white pigment in the total amount of the colorants in the toner particles is preferably 85 mass% or more, more preferably 90 mass% or more, still more preferably 95 mass% or more, still more preferably 99 mass% or more, and particularly preferably 100 mass% (that is, the colorants other than the c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238, c.i. pigment red 146, and the white pigment are not contained).
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE199C, the total amount of c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146 in the total amount of the colorants in the toner particles is preferably 30 mass% or more, more preferably 40 mass% or more, still more preferably 50 mass% or more, still more preferably 60 mass% or more, still more preferably 70 mass%, still more preferably 80 mass%, still more preferably 90 mass%, and particularly preferably 100 mass% (that is, the total amount does not contain any other colorant than c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146).
Anti-sticking agents
As the releasing agent, the same as described in embodiment 1 can be applied.
Inorganic oxide particles
The toner particles may contain inorganic oxide particles, the contents of which are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
Other additives
The other additives are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
Characteristics of the toner particles
The characteristics of the toner particles are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
[ external additives ]
As the external additive, the same as described in embodiment 1 is applied.
[ method for producing toner ]
The toner of embodiment 4 is the same as the method described in [ method for producing toner ] of embodiment 1.
(toner for developing Electrostatic image according to embodiment 5)
The toner for electrostatic image development of embodiment 5 is a toner for electrostatic image development of:
which comprises toner particles containing at least a binder resin,
C.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48
The toner load T (g/m) was established on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In the case of an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, the color difference Δ E from the PANTONE166C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less.
[ number 3 ]
ΔE＝{(L 5 －L 6 ) 2 +(a 5 －a 6 ) 2 +(b 5 －b 6 ) 2 } 0.5
[ in the above formula, L is as defined above 5 、a 5 And b 5 L of each PANTONE166C ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was obtained by measuring the color sample PANTONE166C with a reflection densitometer. L above 6 、a 6 And b 6 L of the images formed by the toner for developing electrostatic images ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.]
The toner particles constituting the toner of embodiment 5 contain at least: a binder resin, c.i. (Color Index (the same applies hereinafter)) pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48.
In addition, the toner of the present embodiment forms a toner load T (g/m) on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In the case of an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm) of the toner particles)", the image was determined by the following expression for PANTONE166C The color difference Δ E is within 10.
By providing the above-described configuration, a toner capable of forming an image having excellent color reproducibility of the PANTONE166C is provided.
Number 2
ΔE＝{(L 5 －L 6 ) 2 +(a 5 －a 6 ) 2 +(b 1 －b 2 ) 2 } 0.5
In the above formula, L is 5 、a 5 And b 5 L of PANTONE166C each ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was obtained by measuring the color sample PANTONE166C with a reflection densitometer (trade name: xrite-939, manufactured by X-Rite Co., ltd.). L above 6 、a 6 、b 6 L of the images formed by the toner for developing electrostatic images ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.
The color difference Δ E is expressed by CIE1976L ＊ a ＊ b ＊ L in the color system ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value represents the color difference.
The color sample PANTONE166C is a color sample in which an image is formed on coated paper having the above-described glossiness (gloss), and the color difference Δ E is also measured in the case of an image formed using toner at the time of measuring the color difference Δ E with respect to coated paper satisfying the above-described glossiness condition.
The gloss (gloss) of the coated paper used for measuring the color difference Δ E was measured by the following method.
The gloss (gloss) of the coated paper in the present embodiment is measured at 60 ℃ according to JIS K5600-4-7 (JIS Z8741), and model 4430micro-TRI-gloss manufactured by BYK-Gardner was used as a measuring instrument.
Further, the toner load T of the image provided for measuring the color difference Δ E is fixed to the value calculated by the expression "T =4 × D/7" based on the value D obtained by dividing the unit of the volume average particle diameter (μm) of the toner particles by the length as described above.
The reason why the expression for calculating the toner load amount T of the image provided for measuring the color difference Δ E is "T =4 × D/7" as described above is as follows.
That is, in a state where the toner particles are not fixed to the image, there is a space between the paper and the particles, whereas at the time of fixing, the toner particles are melted, and the space is reduced so as to fill the melted toner particles in the space, and a toner image is formed. However, generally, a solid image is preferably obtained by using a value represented by the formula "T =4 × D/7".
The smaller the above-mentioned color difference Δ E from PANTONE166C, the more preferable. The color difference Δ E is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 7 or less, further preferably 6 or less, and further preferably 5 or less.
As a method for controlling the color difference Δ E from PANTONE166C to be within the above range, for example, a method of selecting the yellow colorant and the red colorant contained in the toner particles and adjusting the amounts of the yellow colorant and the red colorant may be mentioned.
[ toner particles ]
The toner particles contain a binder resin and a colorant, and may further contain a releasing agent or other internal additives.
The components contained in the toner particles will be described in detail below.
Binder resin-
As the binder resin, the same as described in embodiment 1 is used.
As the binder resin, polyester resin is suitable.
As for the polyester resin, from the viewpoint that the color reproducibility of PANTONE166C is more excellent, a combination of an amorphous polyester resin and a crystalline polyester resin may be used.
Colorants-
The toner particles contain c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and contain a colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48: 1. c.i. pigment red 48: 3. c.i. pigment red 57:1 and c.i. pigment red 184 as a red colorant.
Content of colorant
When the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 48 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (A1-1) to (A1-3) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of the PANTONE 166C. (A1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (A2-1) to (A2-2). (A2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.25% by mass or more and less than 2.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 48.
When c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 48 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (B1-1) to (B1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 166C. (B1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48 is 4.25 mass% or more and less than 5.25 mass% (B1-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.75 mass% or more and less than 3.25 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48 is 3.25 mass% or more and less than 5.25 mass% (B1-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 3.25 mass% or more and less than 3.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48 is 2.75 mass% or more and less than 4.75 mass% (B1-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 3.75 mass% or more and less than 4.25 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (B2-1) to (B2-2). (B2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.75% by mass or more and less than 3.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 48.
When the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 57 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (C1-1) to (C1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of the PANTONE 166C. (C1-1) 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 4.25% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 57: the content of 1 is 4.25 mass% or more and less than 6.25 mass% (C1-3) c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 4.75 mass% or more and less than 5.25 mass%, and the content of c.i. pigment red 57 is 4.25 mass% or more and less than 6.75 mass% (C1-4) c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 5.25 mass% or more and less than 5.75 mass%, and the content of c.i. pigment red 57 1 is 4.75 mass% or more and less than 7.25 mass%.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (C2-1) to (C2-3). (C2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 4.25 mass% or more and less than 4.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 57.
When c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 184 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (D1-1) to (D1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 166C. (D1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 184 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass (D1-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 184 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass (D1-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 184 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass (D1-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 184 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (D2-1) to (D2-4). (D2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 184 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass (D2-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 184 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass (D2-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 184 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass (D2-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 184 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass.
In addition, from the viewpoint of being able to more easily control the color difference Δ E from the PANTONE166C within the above range, it is preferable to contain only c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant and to contain only one of the c.i. pigment red 48.
In addition, the content of each colorant in this case is also preferably within the above range.
The toner particles may contain other colorants other than c.i. pigment yellow 74, c.i. pigment red 48. The other colorant may be a pigment or a dye, and is preferably a pigment from the viewpoint of light resistance and water resistance.
As other coloring agents, there may be mentioned, for example, siO 2 (silica), tiO 2 (titanium dioxide) and Al 2 O 3 White pigments such as (alumina); c.i. pigment red 122, red pigments such as rose bengal, and dyes; yellow pigments and dyes such as c.i. pigment yellow 97, c.i. pigment yellow 12, quinoline yellow, and chrome yellow; green pigments and dyes such as malachite green oxalate; c.i. pigment blue 15, blue pigments and dyes such as aniline blue, copper oil blue, ultramarine blue, phthalocyanine blue, and chlorinated methylene blue; black pigments and dyes such as carbon black, lampblack, nigrosine, and the like.
White pigments such as silica, titania, and alumina may be added to the toner particles for purposes other than coloring (for example, for purposes such as charge control of the toner).
The total amount of the white pigment in the toner particles is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, even more preferably 10% by mass or less, even more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE 166C.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of the PANTONE166C, the content of the c.i. pigment yellow 74, c.i. pigment red 48.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of the PANTONE166C, the total amount of the c.i. pigment yellow 74, c.i. pigment red 48, c.i. pigment red 57.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE166C, the total amount of c.i. pigment yellow 74, c.i. pigment red 48, c.i. pigment red 57.
Anti-sticking agents
As the antiblocking agent, the same thing as described in embodiment 1 can be applied.
Inorganic oxide particles
The toner particles may contain inorganic oxide particles, the contents of which are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
Other additives
The other additives are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
Characteristics of the toner particles
The characteristics of the toner particles are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
[ external additives ]
As the external additive, the same as described in embodiment 1.
[ method for producing toner ]
The toner of the 5 th embodiment is the same as the method described in [ method for producing toner ] of the 1 st embodiment.
(toner for developing Electrostatic image according to embodiment 6)
The toner for electrostatic image development of embodiment 6 is a toner for electrostatic image development of:
it comprises toner particles containing at least a binder resin, at least 1 yellow colorant selected from the group consisting of C.I. pigment yellow 155 and C.I. pigment yellow 185,
And at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146, wherein
The toner load T (g/m) was established on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In the case of an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, the color difference Δ E from the PANTONE166C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less.
[ number 3 ]
ΔE＝{(L 5 －L 6 ) 2 +(a 5 －a 6 ) 2 +(b 5 －b 6 ) 2 } 0.5
[ in the above formula, L is as defined above 5 、a 5 、b 5 、L 6 、a 6 And b 6 Same as described in embodiment 5]
The toner particles constituting the toner of embodiment 6 contain at least: a binder resin, at least 1 yellow colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. (Color Index) (the same applies hereinafter) pigment yellow 155 and pigment yellow 185, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146.
In addition, the toner of the present embodiment forms a toner load T (g/m) on coated paper having a gloss of 40% 2 ) In the case of an image satisfying the expression "T =4 × D/7 (where D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, the color difference Δ E from the PANTONE166C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less.
By providing the above-described configuration, a toner capable of forming an image having excellent color reproducibility of the PANTONE166C is provided.
Number 2
ΔE＝{(L 5 －L 6 ) 2 +(a 5 －a 6 ) 2 +(b 5 －b 6 ) 2 } 0.5
In the above formula, L is 5 、a 5 、b 5 、L 6 、a 6 、b 6 The same as described in embodiment 5.
[ toner particles ]
The toner particles contain a binder resin and a colorant, and may further contain a releasing agent or other internal additives.
The components contained in the toner particles will be described in detail below.
Binder resins-
As the binder resin, the same as described in embodiment 1 is used.
As the binder resin, polyester resin is suitable.
As for the polyester resin, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of the PANTONE166C, an amorphous polyester resin and a crystalline polyester resin may be used in combination.
Colorants-
The toner particles contain at least 1 selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment yellow 155 and c.i. pigment yellow 185 as a yellow colorant, and contain at least 1 selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 238 (= c.i. pigment red 269) and c.i. pigment red 146 as a red colorant.
Content of colorant
When the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is contained as the yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 238 is contained as the red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (A1-1) to (A1-5) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of the PANTONE 166C. (A1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 4.25 mass% or more and less than 4.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.75 mass% or more and less than 5.75 mass% (A1-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 4.75 mass% or more and less than 5.25 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.75 mass% or more and less than 6.75 mass% (A1-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 5.25 mass% or more and less than 5.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.75 mass% or more and less than 7.25 mass% (A1-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 5.75 mass% or more and less than 6.25 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.75 mass% or more and less than 7.75 mass% (A1-5) the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is 6.25 mass% or more and less than 6.75 mass%, and the c.75 mass% or less than 6.75 mass% of the c.i. pigment red 238.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (A2-1) to (A2-3). (A2-1) 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 4.75% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 238 (A2-2) 5.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 5.25% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 238 (A2-3) 5.75% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 5.75% by mass or more and less than 7.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 238.
When the c.i. pigment yellow 155 is contained as the yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 146 is contained as the red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (B1-1) to (B1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of the PANTONE 166C. (B1-1) 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (B1-2) 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (B1-3) 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 4.75% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (B1-4) 5.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 5.75% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (B2-1) to (B2-4). (B2-1) 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (B2-2) 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 4.75% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (B2-3) 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 5.25% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146 (B2-4) 5.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 155, and 5.75% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 146.
When the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is contained as the yellow colorant and the c.i. pigment red 238 is contained as the red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (C1-1) to (C1-5) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of the PANTONE 166C. (C1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass (C1-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass (C1-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass (C1-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 7.75% by mass (C1-5) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 6.25% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass, and less than 6.75% by mass.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (C2-1) to (C2-3). The content of (C2-1) c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass, and the content of c.i. pigment red 238 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass (C2-2) the content of c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass, and the content of c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass (C2-3) the content of c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass, and the content of c.i. pigment red 238 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass.
When c.i. pigment yellow 185 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 146 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any one of the following (D1-1) to (D1-4) from the viewpoint of excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE 166C. (D1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass (D1-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass (D1-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass (D1-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass.
Further, from the viewpoint of more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C, the content of each colorant preferably satisfies any of the following (D2-1) to (D2-4). (D2-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass (D2-2) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass (D2-3) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 4.75% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass (D2-4) the c.i. pigment yellow 185 is 5.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass, and the c.i. pigment red 146 is 5.75% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass.
In addition, from the viewpoint of being able to more easily control the color difference Δ E from PANTONE166C within the above range, it is preferable to contain only either c.i. pigment yellow 155 or c.i. pigment yellow 185 as a yellow colorant and only either c.i. pigment red 238 or c.i. pigment red 146 as a red colorant.
In addition, the content of each colorant in this case is also preferably within the above range.
The toner particles may contain colorants other than c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146. The other colorant may be a pigment or a dye, and is preferably a pigment from the viewpoint of light resistance and water resistance.
As other coloring agents, there may be mentioned, for example, siO 2 (silica), tiO 2 (titanium dioxide) and Al 2 O 3 White pigments such as (alumina); red pigments such as c.i. pigment red 122, c.i. pigment red 48, c.i. pigment red 57; yellow pigments and dyes such as c.i. pigment yellow 97, c.i. pigment yellow 12, quinoline yellow, and chrome yellow; green pigments and dyes such as malachite green oxalate; c.i. pigment blue 15, blue pigments and dyes such as aniline blue, copper oil blue, ultramarine blue, phthalocyanine blue, and chlorinated methylene blue; black pigments and dyes such as carbon black, lampblack, nigrosine, and the like.
White pigments such as silica, titania, and alumina may be added to the toner particles for purposes other than coloring (for example, for purposes such as charge control of the toner).
The total amount of the white pigment in the toner particles is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, even more preferably 10% by mass or less, even more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE 166C.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of the PANTONE166C, the content of the c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146, and the colorant other than the white pigment in the toner particles is preferably 1 mass% or less, more preferably 0.5 mass% or less, further preferably 0.1 mass% or less, further preferably not more than the detection limit, and substantially not included, particularly preferably 0 mass% per each colorant.
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE166C, the total amount of c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146 and white pigment in the total amount of the colorants in the toner particles is preferably 85 mass% or more, more preferably 90 mass% or more, further preferably 95 mass% or more, further preferably 99 mass% or more, and particularly preferably 100 mass% (that is, the total amount does not contain c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146 and colorants other than white pigment).
From the viewpoint of facilitating color reproduction of PANTONE166C, the total amount of c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146 in the total amount of the colorants in the toner particles is preferably 30 mass% or more, more preferably 40 mass% or more, still more preferably 50 mass% or more, still more preferably 60 mass% or more, still more preferably 70 mass%, still more preferably 80 mass%, still more preferably 90 mass%, and particularly preferably 100 mass% (that is, the total amount does not contain any other colorant than c.i. pigment yellow 155, c.i. pigment yellow 185, c.i. pigment red 238 and c.i. pigment red 146).
Anti-sticking agents
As the releasing agent, the same as described in embodiment 1 can be applied.
Inorganic oxide particles-
The toner particles may contain inorganic oxide particles, the contents of which are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
Other additives
The other additives are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
Characteristics of the toner particles
The characteristics of the toner particles are the same as those described in embodiment 1.
[ external additives ]
As the external additive, the same as described in embodiment 1.
[ method for producing toner ]
The toner of the 6 th embodiment is the same as the method described in [ method for producing toner ] of the 1 st embodiment.
< Electrostatic image developer >
The electrostatic image developer of the present embodiment contains at least the toner of any one of embodiments 1 to 6.
The electrostatic image developer according to the present embodiment may be a one-component developer containing only the toner according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, or may be a two-component developer obtained by mixing the toner with a carrier.
The carrier is not particularly limited, and known carriers can be used. Examples of the carrier include: a coated carrier in which a surface of a core material formed of magnetic powder is coated with a resin; a magnetic powder dispersion type carrier in which magnetic powder is dispersed and blended in a matrix resin; a resin-impregnated carrier in which a porous magnetic powder is impregnated with a resin; a conductive particle-dispersed carrier in which conductive particles are dispersed and mixed in a matrix resin; and so on.
The magnetic powder-dispersed carrier, the resin-impregnated carrier, and the conductive particle-dispersed carrier may be those in which the constituent particles of the carriers are core particles and the surface of the core particles is coated with a resin.
Examples of the magnetic powder include: magnetic metals such as iron, nickel, and cobalt; magnetic oxides such as ferrite and magnetite; and the like.
As the conductive particles, there can be mentioned: metals such as gold, silver, and copper; particles of carbon black, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, barium sulfate, aluminum borate, potassium titanate, and the like; and so on.
Examples of the coating resin and the matrix resin include: polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl ether, polyvinyl ketone, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, styrene-acrylic copolymer, linear silicone resin containing an organosiloxane bond or a modified product thereof, fluororesin, polyester, polycarbonate, phenol resin, epoxy resin, and the like. The coating resin and the matrix resin may contain an additive such as a conductive material.
When the surface of the core material is coated with a resin, a method of coating with a coating layer forming solution in which a coating resin and various additives (used as needed) are dissolved in an appropriate solvent, and the like can be cited. The solvent is not particularly limited, and may be selected according to the kind of the resin to be used, coating suitability, and the like.
Specific examples of the resin coating method include: an immersion method in which the core material is immersed in a coating layer forming solution; a spray method of spraying the coating layer forming solution onto the surface of the core material; a fluidized bed method of spraying a solution for forming a coating layer while floating a core material by flowing air; a kneader coating method in which the core material of the carrier and the coating layer-forming solution are mixed in a kneader coater and then the solvent is removed; and so on.
The mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the toner to the carrier in the two-component developer is preferably from toner to carrier = 1.
< imaging apparatus/imaging method >
The following describes the image forming apparatus and the image forming method of the present embodiment.
The image forming apparatus of the present embodiment has: an image holding member; a charging member that charges a surface of the image holding member; an electrostatic image forming member that forms an electrostatic image on a surface of the charged image holding member; a developing member that contains an electrostatic image developer and develops an electrostatic image formed on a surface of the image holding member into a toner image by the electrostatic image developer; a transfer member that transfers the toner image formed on the surface of the image holding member to the surface of a recording medium; and a fixing member that fixes the toner image transferred onto the surface of the recording medium. In addition, as the electrostatic image developer, the electrostatic image developer described in the present embodiment is used.
In the image forming apparatus described in the present embodiment, an image forming method (an image forming method of the present embodiment) including the steps of: a charging step of charging a surface of the image holding member; an electrostatic image forming step of forming an electrostatic image on the surface of the charged image holding member; a developing step of developing the electrostatic image formed on the surface of the image holding member into a toner image with the electrostatic image developer of the present embodiment; a transfer step of transferring the toner image formed on the surface of the image holding member onto a surface of a recording medium; and a fixing step of fixing the toner image transferred onto the surface of the recording medium.
The image forming apparatus of the present embodiment employs the following known image forming apparatuses: a direct transfer type device that directly transfers a toner image formed on a surface of an image holding member onto a recording medium; an intermediate transfer type device that primarily transfers a toner image formed on a surface of an image holding member onto a surface of an intermediate transfer member and secondarily transfers the toner image transferred onto the surface of the intermediate transfer member onto a surface of a recording medium; a device having a cleaning member that cleans the surface of the image holding member before charging after the toner image is transferred; a device having a charge removing member that irradiates a surface of the image holding member with charge removing light to remove charge before charging after the toner image is transferred; and the like.
In the case of an intermediate transfer type apparatus, a transfer member (for example) has a structure including: an intermediate transfer member having a toner image transferred on a surface thereof; a primary transfer member that primarily transfers the toner image formed on the surface of the image holding member to the surface of the intermediate transfer member; and a secondary transfer member that secondarily transfers the toner image transferred onto the surface of the intermediate transfer member onto a surface of a recording medium.
In the image forming apparatus of the present embodiment, for example, the portion including the developing member may be a cartridge structure (process cartridge) detachable from the image forming apparatus. As the process cartridge, for example, a process cartridge containing the electrostatic image developer described in the present embodiment and having a developing member is preferably used.
An example of the image forming apparatus described in the present embodiment will be described below, but is not limited thereto. It should be noted that the main portions shown in the drawings are described, and descriptions of other portions are omitted.
Fig. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram showing an image forming apparatus of the present embodiment, which is a diagram showing an image forming apparatus of a 5-line series system with an intermediate transfer system.
The image forming apparatus shown in fig. 1 has 1 st to 5 th image forming units 10R, 10Y, 10M, 10C, and 10K (image forming means) of an electrophotographic system, which output respective color images of red (R), yellow (Y), magenta (M), cyan (C), and black (K), respectively, according to color-separated image data. These image forming units (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "units") 10R, 10Y, 10M, 10C, and 10K are arranged side by side at predetermined distance intervals from each other in the horizontal direction. These units 10R, 10Y, 10M, 10C, and 10K may be process cartridges detachable from the image forming apparatus.
Below each of the units 10R, 10Y, 10M, 10C, and 10K, an intermediate transfer belt (an example of an intermediate transfer member) 20 is extended through each unit. The intermediate transfer belt 20 is wound around a drive roller 22, a support roller 23, and a counter roller 24 that are in contact with the inner surface of the intermediate transfer belt 20, and runs in a direction from the first unit 10R toward the fifth unit 10K. On the image holding surface side of the intermediate transfer belt 20, an intermediate transfer member cleaning device 21 is disposed opposite to the driving roller 22.
The toners of red, yellow, magenta, cyan, and black accommodated in the toner cartridges 8R, 8Y, 8M, 8C, and 8K are supplied to the developing devices (one example of developing means) 4R, 4Y, 4M, 4C, and 4K of the respective units 10R, 10Y, 10M, 10C, and 10K, respectively.
Since the 1 st to 5 th units 10R, 10Y, 10M, 10C, and 10K have the same configuration, operation, and action, description will be made here with the first unit 10R for forming a red image disposed on the upstream side in the intermediate transfer belt running direction as a representative.
The first unit 10R has a photoreceptor 1R that functions as an image holding member. Around the photoreceptor 1R, there are sequentially provided: a charging roller (an example of a charging member) 2R that charges the surface of the photoreceptor 1R to a predetermined potential; an exposure device (an example of an electrostatic image forming means) 3R that forms an electrostatic image by exposing the charged surface with a laser beam based on color-separated image signals; a developing device (an example of a developing member) 4R that supplies toner onto the electrostatic image to develop the electrostatic image; a primary transfer roller (example primary transfer member) 5R that transfers the developed toner image onto the intermediate transfer belt 20; and a photoreceptor cleaning device (an example of a cleaning member) 6R that removes toner remaining on the surface of the photoreceptor 1R after the primary transfer.
The primary transfer roller 5R is disposed inside the intermediate transfer belt 20 and at a position opposing the photoreceptor 1R. Bias power supplies (not shown) for applying primary transfer biases are connected to the primary transfer rollers 5R, 5Y, 5M, 5C, and 5K of the respective units, respectively. Each bias power source changes the value of the transfer bias applied to each primary transfer roller by the control of an unillustrated control section.
The operation of forming a red image in the first unit 10R will be described below.
First, before starting the operation, the surface of the photoreceptor 1R is charged to a potential of-600V to-800V by the charging roller 2R.
The photoreceptor 1R is a photoreceptor having a surface roughness measured by measuring the volume resistivity at 20 ℃ of 1X 10 -6 Ω cm or less) of a photosensitive layer is laminated on the substrate. The photosensitive layer is generally high in resistance (resistance of common resins), but has such properties that: when a laser beam is irradiated, the specific resistance of the portion irradiated with the laser beam changes. Therefore, a laser beam is irradiated from the exposure device 3R onto the surface of the charged photoreceptor 1R in accordance with image data for red transmitted from a control unit not shown in the figure. Thereby, an electrostatic image of a red image pattern is formed on the surface of the photoreceptor 1R.
The electrostatic image is an image formed on the surface of the photoreceptor 1R by charging, which is a so-called negative latent image formed by: the laser beam from the exposure device 3R lowers the specific resistance of the irradiated portion of the photosensitive layer, and charges on the surface of the photoreceptor 1R flow, while charges remain in the portion not irradiated with the laser beam.
As the photoreceptor 1R operates, the electrostatic image formed on the photoreceptor 1R is rotated to a predetermined development position. Then, at the development position, the electrostatic image on the photoconductor body 1R is developed as a toner image by the developing device 4R to be visualized.
The developing device 4R accommodates therein, for example, an electrostatic image developer containing at least a red toner and a carrier. The red toner is frictionally charged by stirring it inside the developing device 4R, and has a charge of the same polarity (negative polarity) as the charge on the photoreceptor 1R, whereby the red toner is held on a developer roller (an example of a developer holding member). Then, by passing the surface of the photoreceptor 1R through the developing device 4R, a red toner is electrostatically attached to the charge-removed latent image portion on the surface of the photoreceptor 1R, and the latent image is developed with the red toner. The photoreceptor 1R on which the red toner image is formed continues to run at a predetermined speed, and the toner image developed on the photoreceptor 1R is conveyed to a predetermined primary transfer position.
When the red toner image on the photoconductor 1R is conveyed to the primary transfer position, a primary transfer bias is applied to the primary transfer roller 5R, an electrostatic force from the photoconductor 1R toward the primary transfer roller 5R acts on the toner image, and thereby the toner image on the photoconductor 1R is transferred onto the intermediate transfer belt 20. The transfer bias applied at this time is of (+) polarity opposite to the toner polarity (-), and is controlled to be, for example, +10 μ a in the first unit 10R by a control section (not shown).
On the other hand, the toner remaining on the photoreceptor 1R is removed and recovered by the photoreceptor cleaning device 6R.
The primary transfer biases applied to the primary transfer rollers 5Y, 5M, 5C, and 5K subsequent to the second unit 10Y are controlled similarly to the first unit.
In this way, the intermediate transfer belt 20 to which the red toner image is transferred by the first unit 10R is sequentially conveyed through the 2 nd to 5 th units 10Y, 10M, 10C, and 10K, whereby the toner images of the respective colors are superimposed to be transferred a plurality of times.
The intermediate transfer belt 20, on which 5-color toner images have been transferred a plurality of times by the 1 st to 5 th units, reaches a secondary transfer portion constituted by the intermediate transfer belt 20, a counter roller 24 in contact with an inner surface of the intermediate transfer belt, and a secondary transfer roller (an example of a secondary transfer member) 26 disposed on the image holding surface side of the intermediate transfer belt 20. On the other hand, by the feeding mechanism, a recording sheet (one example of a recording medium) P is fed into a gap where the secondary transfer roller 26 contacts the intermediate transfer belt 20 at a predetermined timing, and a secondary transfer bias is applied to the counter roller 24. The transfer bias applied at this time is of the same (-) polarity as the polarity (-) of the toner, and thus the electrostatic force from the intermediate transfer belt 20 toward the recording paper P acts on the toner image, thereby transferring the toner image on the intermediate transfer belt 20 onto the recording paper P. Note that the secondary transfer bias at this time is determined based on the resistance detected by a resistance detecting member (not shown) for detecting the resistance of the secondary transfer portion, and the voltage is controlled.
Thereafter, the recording paper P is fed to a pressure contact portion (nip portion) between a pair of fixing rollers in a fixing device (an example of a fixing member) 28, and the toner image is fixed onto the recording paper P, thereby forming a fixed image.
As the recording paper P for transferring the toner image, plain paper used in an electrophotographic copying machine, a printer, and the like can be cited, for example. As the recording medium, an OHP sheet or the like may be mentioned in addition to the recording sheet P.
In order to further improve the smoothness of the image surface after fixing, the surface of the recording paper P is preferably smooth, and for example, coated paper obtained by coating the surface of plain paper with a resin or the like, art paper for printing, or the like is suitably used.
The recording paper P after the fixing of the color image is completed is conveyed to the discharge section, thereby completing a series of color image forming operations.
< Process Cartridge/toner Cartridge >
The process cartridge of the present embodiment will be explained.
The process cartridge of the present embodiment has a developing member which contains the electrostatic image developer of the present embodiment and develops an electrostatic image formed on the surface of an image holding member into a toner image by the electrostatic image developer, and is detachable from an image forming apparatus.
Note that, the process cartridge of the present embodiment is not limited to the above-described configuration, and may be configured such that: there are provided a developing device and at least one other member selected as necessary from, for example, an image holding member, a charging member, an electrostatic image forming member, and a transfer member.
The following shows an example of the process cartridge of the present embodiment, however, it is not limited thereto. It should be noted that the main portions shown in the drawings are explained, and descriptions of other portions are omitted.
Fig. 2 is a schematic structural view showing the process cartridge of the present embodiment.
The process cartridge 200 shown in fig. 2 is integrally held by a housing 117 provided with a mounting rail 116 and an exposure opening 118 (for example): a photosensitive body 107 (an example of an image holding member), a charging roller 108 (an example of a charging member) provided around the photosensitive body 107, a developing device 111 (an example of a developing member), and a photosensitive body cleaning device 113 (an example of a cleaning member) are formed in a box shape.
In fig. 2, 109 denotes an exposure device (an example of an electrostatic image forming member), 112 denotes a transfer device (an example of a transfer member), 115 denotes a fixing device (an example of a fixing member), and 300 denotes a recording sheet (an example of a recording medium).
Next, the toner cartridge of the present embodiment will be described.
The toner cartridge of the present embodiment is a toner cartridge that contains the toner of the present embodiment and is detachable from an image forming apparatus. The toner cartridge contains a supply toner for supplying to a developing part mounted in the image forming apparatus.
The image forming apparatus shown in fig. 1 is an image forming apparatus having a configuration in which toner cartridges 8R, 8Y, 8M, 8C, and 8K are detachable therefrom, and developing devices 4R, 4Y, 4M, 4C, and 4K are connected to the toner cartridges corresponding to the respective colors through toner supply pipes not shown in the drawing. In addition, when the toner contained in the toner cartridge becomes low, the toner cartridge can be replaced.
[ examples ] A
The present invention will be described more specifically below by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples within a scope not exceeding the gist of the present invention.
[ examples Aa, ba, ca, da, comparative examples Aa, ba, ca, da ]
Hereinafter, "parts" are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
Hereinafter, c.i. pigment yellow 74 is referred to as "PY74", c.i. pigment red 48:1 is referred to as "PR48:1", c.i. pigment red 48.
< method for measuring physical Properties >
[ weight average molecular weight of resin ]
The weight average molecular weight of the resin was calculated from the results of molecular weight measurement by Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) using the following measurement apparatus, and a molecular weight calibration curve of a monodisperse polystyrene standard sample.
The measurement device: HLC-8120 (manufactured by Tosoh corporation)
Column: TSKgel SuperHM-M (manufactured by Tosoh corporation)
Eluent: tetrahydrofuran (THF)
[ acid value of resin ]
The acid value of the resin was measured by neutralization titration in accordance with JIS K0070-1992.
[ glass transition temperature of resin ]
The glass transition temperature of the resin is a DSC curve obtained by Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) according to the aforementioned JIS K7121-1987 "method for measuring transition temperature of plastics".
[ volume average particle diameter of resin particles and toner particles ]
The volume average particle diameter of the resin particles and the toner particles is measured as follows.
The particle diameter of 2 μm or more
Measurement sample: the electrolyte is prepared by adding particles of 0.5mg to 50mg in 2mL of a 5 mass% aqueous solution of sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate (surfactant) to 100mL to 150mL of an electrolyte (ISOTON-II, beckman Coulter) and dispersing the mixture in an ultrasonic disperser for 1 minute.
A measurement device: coulter Multisizer type II (manufactured by Beckman Coulter) having a pore size of 100 μm.
50,000 particles of 2 μm to 60 μm were measured by using the above-mentioned measurement sample and the above-mentioned measuring apparatus, and the volume average particle size distribution was determined from the particle size distribution.
For the particle size range (channel) divided based on the particle size distribution, the volume cumulative distribution is plotted from the small diameter side, and the particle size at the cumulative percentage of 50% is taken as the volume average particle size.
The particle size is less than 2 μm-
Measurement samples: ion-exchanged water was added to the particle dispersion to adjust the solid content to about 10 mass%.
A measurement device: laser diffraction particle size distribution measuring device (LS 13320 manufactured by Beckman Coulter Co., ltd.)
The measurement sample is put into a sample cell until a suitable concentration is reached, and the measurement is performed when the scattering intensity reaches a sufficient value for measurement. For the particle size ranges (channels) divided based on the obtained particle size distribution, a volume cumulative distribution is plotted from the small diameter side, and the particle diameter at the cumulative percentage of 50% is taken as the volume average particle diameter.
< preparation of resin particle Dispersion >
[ preparation of resin particle Dispersion (1) ]
Terephthalic acid: 30 parts by mole
Fumaric acid: 70 mol portion
Bisphenol a ethylene oxide adduct: 5 parts by mole
Bisphenol a propylene oxide adduct: 95 molar parts
The above-mentioned materials were charged into a 5-liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen inlet, a temperature sensor, and a rectifying column, and the temperature was raised to 220 ℃ over 1 hour, and 1 part of tetraethoxytitanium was charged per 100 parts of the above-mentioned materials. While removing the generated water by distillation, it took 0.5 hour to raise the temperature to 230 ℃ and after continuing the dehydration condensation reaction at that temperature for 1 hour, the reaction mass was cooled. Thus, a polyester resin (1) having a weight average molecular weight of 18,000, an acid value of 15mgKOH/g, and a glass transition temperature of 60 ℃ was synthesized.
In a vessel equipped with a temperature adjusting device and a nitrogen substitution device, 40 parts of ethyl acetate and 25 parts of 2-butanol were added to form a mixed solvent, 100 parts of polyester resin (1) was slowly added and dissolved, and a 10 mass% aqueous ammonia solution (3 times equivalent by mole with respect to the acid value of the resin) was added thereto and stirred for 30 minutes.
Then, the inside of the vessel was replaced with dry nitrogen gas, and the temperature was kept at 40 ℃, and 400 parts of ion-exchanged water was added dropwise at a rate of 2 parts/min while stirring the mixed solution to emulsify. After completion of the dropwise addition, the emulsion was returned to room temperature (20 ℃ C. To 25 ℃ C.), and ethyl acetate and 2-butanol were reduced to 1,000ppm or less by bubbling with dry nitrogen gas under stirring for 48 hours to obtain a resin particle dispersion in which resin particles having a volume average particle diameter of 200nm were dispersed. Ion exchange water was added to the resin particle dispersion liquid to adjust the solid content to 20 mass%, thereby obtaining a resin particle dispersion liquid (1).
[ preparation of resin particle Dispersion (2) ]
Styrene: 310 portions of
N-butyl acrylate: 100 portions of
Beta-carboxyethyl acrylate: 9 portions of
1, 10-decanediol diacrylate: 1.5 parts of
Dodecanethiol: 3 portions of
A solution obtained by dissolving 4 parts of an anionic surfactant (Dow Fax, manufactured by Dow Chemical) in 550 parts of ion-exchanged water was put into a flask, and a mixture solution in which the above raw materials were mixed was added thereto to emulsify the mixture solution. While the emulsion was slowly stirred for 10 minutes, 50 parts of ion-exchanged water in which 6 parts of ammonium persulfate was dissolved was added. Then, after the nitrogen gas in the system was sufficiently replaced, the flask was heated in an oil bath while stirring until the inside of the system reached 75 ℃, and emulsion polymerization was continued for 4 hours in this state. Thus, a resin particle dispersion in which resin particles having a weight average molecular weight of 33,000, a glass transition temperature of 53 ℃ and a volume average particle diameter of 250nm were dispersed was obtained. Ion exchange water was added to the resin particle dispersion liquid to adjust the solid content to 20 mass%, thereby obtaining a resin particle dispersion liquid (2).
< preparation of colorant Dispersion >
[ preparation of colorant Dispersion (Y1) ]
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 70 portions of
Anionic surfactant (first Industrial pharmaceutical products, neogen RK): 1 part of
Ion-exchanged water: 200 portions of
The above materials were mixed and dispersed for 10 minutes by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA). Ion-exchanged water was added so that the amount of the solid component in the dispersion became 20% by mass, to obtain a colorant dispersion (Y1) in which colorant particles having a volume average particle diameter of 190nm were dispersed.
[ preparation of colorant Dispersion (R1) ]
PR48:1 (product name: symulerRed3109, manufactured by DIC Co., ltd.): 70 portions of
Anionic surfactant (first Industrial pharmaceutical products, neogen RK): 1 part of
Ion-exchanged water: 200 portions of
The above materials were mixed and dispersed for 10 minutes by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA). Ion-exchanged water was added so that the amount of solid components in the dispersion was 20% by mass, to obtain a colorant dispersion (R1) in which colorant particles having a volume average particle diameter of 190nm were dispersed.
[ preparation of colorant Dispersion (R2) ]
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, fuji color Co., ltd.): 70 portions of
Anionic surfactant (first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd., neogen RK): 1 part of
Ion-exchanged water: 200 portions of
The above materials were mixed and dispersed for 10 minutes by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA). Ion-exchanged water was added so that the amount of the solid component in the dispersion became 20% by mass, to obtain a colorant dispersion (R2) in which colorant particles having a volume average particle diameter of 190nm were dispersed.
[ preparation of colorant Dispersion (R3) ]
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name: fujiCarmine6BNo.50): 70 portions of
Anionic surfactant (first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd., neogen RK): 1 part of
Ion-exchanged water: 200 portions of
The above materials were mixed and dispersed for 10 minutes by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA). Ion-exchanged water was added so that the amount of the solid component in the dispersion became 20% by mass, to obtain a colorant dispersion (R3) in which colorant particles having a volume average particle diameter of 190nm were dispersed.
[ preparation of colorant Dispersion (R4) ]
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 70 portions of
Anionic surfactant (first Industrial pharmaceutical products, neogen RK): 1 part of
Ion-exchanged water: 200 portions of
The above materials were mixed and dispersed for 10 minutes by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA). Ion-exchanged water was added so that the amount of solid components in the dispersion was 20% by mass, to obtain a colorant dispersion (R4) in which colorant particles having a volume average particle diameter of 190nm were dispersed.
[ preparation of colorant Dispersion (others 1) ]
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari chemical industries Co.): 70 portions of
Anionic surfactant (first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd., neogen RK): 1 part of
Ion-exchanged water: 200 portions of
The above materials were mixed and dispersed for 10 minutes by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA). Ion-exchanged water was added so that the amount of solid components in the dispersion was 20% by mass, to obtain a colorant dispersion in which colorant particles having a volume average particle diameter of 190nm were dispersed (Others 1).
< preparation of anti-adhesive Dispersion liquid >
[ preparation of anti-tackiness agent Dispersion (1) ]
100 parts of Paraffin wax (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.)
1 part of anionic surfactant (Neogen RK, first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd.)
350 parts of ion-exchanged water
The above materials were mixed and heated to 100 ℃ and dispersed by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA corporation) and then dispersed by a Menton-Gaulin high pressure homogenizer (manufactured by Gaulin corporation) to obtain an anti-tackiness agent dispersion (1) (solid content: 20 mass%) in which anti-tackiness agent particles having a volume average particle diameter of 200nm were dispersed.
< example Aa, comparative example Aa >)
< example Aa1 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Resin particle dispersion (1): 425 parts of
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 5 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R1) (containing PR48: 1): 20 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
Anionic surfactant (TaycaPower): 2 portions of
The above-mentioned material was put in a round stainless steel flask, 0.1N nitric acid was added to adjust the pH to 3.5, and 30 parts of an aqueous solution of nitric acid having a polyaluminum chloride concentration of 10 mass% was added. Then, the mixture was dispersed at 30 ℃ by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA corporation), and then heated to 45 ℃ in a heating oil bath and held for 30 minutes. Then, 100 parts of resin particle dispersion (1) was added slowly and held for 1 hour, and a 0.1N aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide was added to adjust the pH to 8.5, followed by heating to 85 ℃ with continued stirring and holding for 5 hours. Then, the resultant was cooled to 20 ℃ at a rate of 20 ℃ per minute, filtered, sufficiently washed with ion-exchanged water, and dried to obtain toner particles (Aa 1) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
100 parts of the toner particles (Aa 1) and 0.7 part of the silica particles treated with dimethylsilicone oil (RY 200, manufactured by aessil corporation, japan) were mixed by a henschel mixer to obtain a toner (Aa 1).
[ preparation of developer ]
The above components except for ferrite particles were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a dispersion, and the dispersion was put into a vacuum degassing kneader together with ferrite particles, and dried under reduced pressure while stirring, thereby obtaining a carrier.
A developer (Aa 1) was obtained by mixing 5 parts of a toner (Aa 1) with 100 parts of the carrier.
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The following procedures, imaging, and measurement were all performed at a temperature of 25 deg.C/humidity of 60%.
As an image forming apparatus for forming an image for evaluation, docuCentre Color 400 CP manufactured by fuji xerox corporation was prepared, a developer (Aa 1) was put in a developing device, and a toner (Aa 1) was put in a toner cartridge.
Then, a monochromatic image (size 5 cm. Times.5 cm, amount of toner 4.3 g/m) of 100% density was formed on coated paper (OS coated paper W manufactured by Fuji Schle Co.) having a gloss of 40% 2 )。
CIE1976L for formed images ＊ a ＊ b ＊ L in the color system ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The L value was calculated by measuring 10 spots arbitrarily using X-Rite939 (pore size: 4 mm) manufactured by X-Rite ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ Average of the values.
For a commercial color sample (PA)PANTONE7597C (Coated paper) of PANTONE FORMULA GUIDE SOLID COATED, manufactured by NTONE corporation, was measured for L in the same manner as described above ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ Values, calculation of the respective mean values, results, L 1 ＝50.81、a 1 ＝57.08、b 1 ＝49.78。
Then, based on the following equation, the color difference Δ E between the formed image and PANTONE7597C is calculated. The results are shown in Table 2.
[ number 3 ]
L 1 、a 1 、b 1 L being PANTONE7597C ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ Value, L 2 、a 2 、b 2 L of the images of examples and comparative examples ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value is obtained.
< examples Aa2 to Aa11 and comparative examples Aa1 to Aa31 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Aa1, however, the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the contents of PY74 and PR48:1 were as described in table 1, to obtain toner particles, and further to prepare a toner and a developer. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 2.
[ TABLE 1 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 '8230in Table 1 show examples Aa1 and Aa 2' 8230. The same applies to the comparative example. )
[ TABLE 2 ]
In examples Aa1 to Aa11, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
In examples Aa4 to Aa9 and Aa11, Δ E was 8 or less, and images with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
< example Aa101 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Resin particle dispersion (2): 422.5 portions
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 10 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R1) (containing PR48: 1): 17.5 parts of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
The above materials were put in a round stainless steel flask, and mixed and dispersed by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA). Then, 0.5 part of polyaluminum chloride was added, and the dispersion operation was continued with a homogenizer. Then, the mixture was heated to 50 ℃ while stirring in a heating oil bath, and the mixture was held at 50 ℃ for 60 minutes. Subsequently, after the pH value in the system was adjusted to 5.5 with a 0.5N aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, the flask was sealed, and the flask was heated to 95 ℃ with continued stirring by magnetic sealing for 5 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled, filtered, washed with ion-exchanged water, and subjected to solid-liquid separation by Nutsche suction filtration. The resultant was further redispersed in 3L of ion-exchanged water at 40 ℃ and washed with stirring at 300rpm for 15 minutes. This was repeated 5 times, and when the pH of the filtrate was 6.6 and the conductivity was 12. Mu.S/cm, solid-liquid separation was carried out by Nutsche suction filtration using No 5A filter paper. Vacuum drying was then continued for 12 hours. Thereby obtaining toner particles (Aa 101) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Aa 1) is performed, but the toner particles (Aa 101) are replaced with the toner particles (Aa 101) to obtain the toner (Aa 101).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as in the preparation of the developer (Aa 1) is performed, but the toner (Aa 1) is replaced with the toner (Aa 101) to obtain the developer (Aa 101).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Aa 1) and the developer (Aa 1) were replaced with the toner (Aa 101) and the developer (Aa 101), and the same evaluation as that for the color reproducibility evaluation in example Aa1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 3.
< example Aa102 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 84.5 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 2 portions of
PR48:1 (product name: symulerRed3109, manufactured by DIC Co., ltd.): 3.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, to obtain toner particles (Aa 102) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of toner (Aa 1) is performed, except that toner particles (Aa 102) are used in place of toner particles (Aa 1) to obtain toner (Aa 102).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as in the preparation of developer (Aa 1) was performed, except that toner (Aa 102) was used in place of toner (Aa 1), to obtain developer (a 102).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Aa 1) and the developer (Aa 102) were replaced with the toner (Aa 1) and the developer (Aa 1), and the same evaluation as that for the color reproducibility in example Aa1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 3.
< example Aa103 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
The above materials were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a pigment dispersion (A).
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR48:1 (product name: symulerRed3109, manufactured by DIC Co., ltd.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
The above materials were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a pigment dispersion (B).
Anti-sticking agent dispersion (A)
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
The above-mentioned materials were dispersed by a DCP mill in a state of being cooled to 10 ℃ to prepare an anti-tackiness agent dispersion liquid (A).
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 84.5 portions of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 74): 10 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR48: 1): 17.5 parts of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 parts ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
Mixing the above materials, and stirring to obtain solution C.
Liquid D-
Calcium carbonate dispersion (calcium carbonate: water =40 parts: 60 parts): 124 portions of
Cellogen BS-H (first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd.) in a 2 mass% aqueous solution: 99 portions of
Water: 277 parts of
Mixing above materials, stirring, and making into solution D.
500 parts of solution C and 500 parts of solution D were mixed and stirred to obtain a suspension, and the suspension was stirred with a propeller stirrer for 48 hours to remove the solvent. Then, hydrochloric acid was added to remove calcium carbonate, followed by washing with water, drying, and classification, to obtain toner particles (Aa 103) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Aa 1) is performed, but the toner particles (Aa 103) are used instead of the toner particles (Aa 1) to obtain the toner (Aa 103).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as in the preparation of the developer (Aa 1) is performed, but the toner (Aa 103) is used instead of the toner (Aa 1) to obtain the developer (Aa 103).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Aa1 was performed using the toner (Aa 103) and the developer (Aa 103) instead of the toner (Aa 1) and the developer (Aa 1). The results are shown in Table 3.
< example Aa104 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
In the same manner as in example Aa1, toner particles (Aa 104) were obtained by using a colorant dispersion (other 1) and adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion and the colorant dispersion so that the contents of the respective pigments were as described in table 3.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Aa 1) is performed, but the toner particles (Aa 104) are substituted for the toner particles (Aa 1) to obtain the toner (Aa 104).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Aa 1) was performed, but the toner (Aa 104) was used in place of the toner (Aa 1) to obtain the developer (Aa 104).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Aa 104) and the developer (Aa 104) were used in place of the toner (Aa 1) and the developer (Aa 1), and the same evaluation as that for the color reproducibility evaluation in example Aa1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 3.
< example Aa105 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 64.5 portions
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 2 portions of
PR48:1 (product name: symulerRed3109, manufactured by DIC Co., ltd.): 3.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, to obtain toner particles (Aa 105) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Aa 1) is performed, but the toner particles (Aa 105) are substituted for the toner particles (Aa 1) to obtain the toner (Aa 105).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Aa 1) was performed, but the toner (Aa 105) was used in place of the toner (Aa 1) to obtain the developer (Aa 105).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Aa 1) and the developer (Aa 1) were replaced with the toner (Aa 105) and the developer (Aa 105), and the same evaluation as that for the color reproducibility in example Aa1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 3.
< example Aa106 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 63.5 parts of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 2 portions of
PR48:1 (product name: symulerRed3109, manufactured by DIC Co., ltd.): 3.5 parts of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
Toner particles (Aa 106) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm were obtained in the same manner as the toner particles (Aa 102) except that the above materials were used.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Aa 1) is performed, but the toner particles (Aa 106) are used instead of the toner particles (Aa 1) to obtain the toner (Aa 106).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Aa 1) was performed, but the toner (Aa 106) was used in place of the toner (Aa 1) to obtain the developer (Aa 106).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Aa 106) and the developer (Aa 106) were used in place of the toner (Aa 1) and the developer (Aa 1), and the same evaluation as that for the color reproducibility in example Aa1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 3.
[ TABLE 3 ]
(examples 8, 101 and 102 8230in Table 3; indicating examples Aa8, aa101 and Aa102 8230.)
< example Ba >, comparative example Ba >
< examples Ba 1-Ba 8 and comparative examples Ba 1-Ba 27 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the amounts of PY74 and PR48:3 were the same as those in table 4, except that the operation of the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48:3 in the same manner as in example Aa1, and toners and developers were further prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 5.
[ TABLE 4 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 4 show examples Ba1 and Ba2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative example. )
[ TABLE 5 ]
In examples Ba1 to Ba8, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
In examples Ba1 to Ba2 and Ba4 to Ba6, Δ E was 8 or less, and images with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
< example Ba101 >)
In the same manner as in example Aa101, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48:3, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 6.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 417.5 parts
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 15 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R2) (containing PR48: 3): 17.5 parts of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Ba102 >)
In the same manner as in example Aa102, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48:3, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 6.
Polyester resin (1): 83.5 portions
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, fuji color Co., ltd.): 3.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
< example Ba103 >
In the same manner as in example Aa103, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48:3, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the liquid C were adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 6.
Pigment Dispersion (A)
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, product name of Fuji color Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 83.5 parts of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 74): 15 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR48: 3): 17.5 parts of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 parts of ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example Ba104 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 6, and further toners and developers were prepared in the same manner as in example Ba1 (other 1). The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 6.
< example Ba105 >
In the same manner as in example Aa105, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48:3, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 6.
Polyester resin (1): 63.5 parts of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, product name of Fuji color Co.): 3.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
< example Ba106 >)
In the same manner as in example Aa106, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48:3, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 6.
Polyester resin (1): 62.5 portions
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, product name of Fuji color Co.): 3.5 parts of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 6 ]
(examples 5, 101 and 102 \ 8230in Table 6; indicating examples Ba5, ba101 and Ba102 \ 8230.)
< example Ca, comparative example Ca >)
< examples Ca1 to Ca13 and comparative examples Ca1 to Ca35 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
The same operation as in example Aa1 was carried out except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1, and the ratio of PY74 and PR57: the respective amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the respective contents of 1 were as described in table 7 to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 8.
[ TABLE 7 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 7 show examples Ca1 and Ca2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 8 ]
In examples Ca1 to Ca13, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
In examples Ca4 to Ca6 and Ca9 to Ca11, Δ E was 8 or less, and images with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
< example Ca101 >
In the same manner as in example Aa101, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 9.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 412.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 15 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R3) (containing PR57: 1): 22.5 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Ca102 >)
In the same manner as in example Aa102, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for evaluating color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 9.
Polyester resin (1): 82.5 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name of Fuji dye Co.): 4.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
< example Ca103 >)
In the same manner as in example Aa103, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the C liquid were adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for evaluating color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 9.
Pigment Dispersion (A)
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name of Fuji dye Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 82.5 portions
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 74): 15 parts of pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR57: 1): 22.5 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 parts of
< example Ca104 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 9, and further toners and developers were prepared in the same manner as in example Ca1 (other 1). The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for evaluating color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 9.
< example Ca105 >)
In the same manner as in example Aa105, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for evaluating color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 9.
Polyester resin (1): 62.5 portions
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name of Fuji dye Co.): 4.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
< example Ca106 >)
In the same manner as in example Aa106, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for evaluating color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 9.
Polyester resin (1): 61.5 parts of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name of Fuji dye Co.): 4.5 parts of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 9 ]
(examples 5, 101 and 102 \8230; indicating examples Ca5, ca101 and Ca102 \8230; in Table 9.)
< example Da, comparative example Da >)
< examples Da1 to Da11 and comparative examples Da1 to Da43 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Aa1, except that PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the respective contents of PY74 and PR184 were as described in table 10, toner particles were obtained, and further toners and developers were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for evaluating color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 11.
[ TABLE 10 ]
( Examples 1 and 2\8230inTable 10 show examples Da1 and Da2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative example. )
[ TABLE 11 ]
In examples Da1 to Da11, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
In examples Da2, da4 to Da7, and Da9 to Da10, Δ E was 8 or less, and an image with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C was obtained.
< example Da101 >
In the same manner as in example Aa101, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 12.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 410 portions of
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 15 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R4) (containing PR 184): 25 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Da102 >)
In the same manner as in example Aa102, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for evaluating color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 12.
Polyester resin (1): 82 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
< example Da103 >
In the same manner as in example Aa103, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the liquid C were adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for evaluating color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 12.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 82 portions of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 74): 15 parts of pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 184): 25 portions of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example Da104 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
The same procedure as in example Da1 was carried out, except that a colorant dispersion liquid (other 1) was used, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 12, to obtain toner particles, and further, toners and developers were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for evaluating color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 12.
< example Da105 >
In the same manner as in example Aa105, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 12.
Polyester resin (1): 62 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
< example Da106 >)
In the same manner as in example Aa106, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Aa1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 12.
Polyester resin (1): 61 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 12 ]
(examples 6, 101 and 102 8230in Table 12; indicating examples Da6, da101 and Da102 8230.)
[ examples Ab, bb, cb, db, comparative examples Ab, bb, cb, db ]
In the following, "parts" are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
Hereinafter, c.i. pigment yellow 155 is referred to as "PY155", c.i. pigment yellow 185 as "PY185", c.i. pigment red 238 as "PR238", and c.i. pigment red 146 as "PR146".
< method for measuring physical Properties >
The measurement methods of the physical properties were the same as those described in examples Aa, ba, ca, da and comparative examples Aa, ba, ca, da.
< preparation of colorant Dispersion >
[ preparation of colorant Dispersion (Y2) ]
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 70 portions of
Anionic surfactant (first Industrial pharmaceutical products, neogen RK): 1 part of
Ion-exchanged water: 200 portions of
The above materials were mixed and dispersed for 10 minutes by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA). Ion-exchanged water was added so that the amount of the solid component in the dispersion became 20% by mass, to obtain a colorant dispersion (Y2) in which colorant particles having a volume average particle diameter of 190nm were dispersed.
[ preparation of colorant Dispersion (Y3) ]
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 70 portions of
Anionic surfactant (first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd., neogen RK): 1 part of
Ion-exchanged water: 200 portions of
The above materials were mixed and dispersed for 10 minutes by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA). Ion-exchanged water was added so that the amount of solid content in the dispersion was 20% by mass, to obtain a colorant dispersion (Y3) in which colorant particles having a volume average particle diameter of 190nm were dispersed.
[ preparation of colorant Dispersion liquid (R5) ]
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 70 portions of
Anionic surfactant (first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd., neogen RK): 1 part of
Ion-exchanged water: 200 portions of
The above materials were mixed and dispersed for 10 minutes by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA). Ion-exchanged water was added so that the amount of the solid component in the dispersion became 20% by mass, to obtain a colorant dispersion (R5) in which colorant particles having a volume average particle diameter of 190nm were dispersed.
[ preparation of colorant Dispersion liquid (R6) ]
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 70 portions of
Anionic surfactant (first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd., neogen RK): 1 part of
Ion-exchanged water: 200 portions of
The above materials were mixed and dispersed for 10 minutes by a homogenizer (Ultra Turrax T50 manufactured by IKA). Ion-exchanged water was added so that the amount of solid components in the dispersion was 20% by mass, to obtain a colorant dispersion (R6) in which colorant particles having a volume average particle diameter of 190nm were dispersed.
< example Ab, comparative example Ab >)
< example Ab1 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Resin particle dispersion (1): 415 parts of
Colorant dispersion (Y2) (containing PY 155): 15 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R5) (containing PR 238): 20 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
Anionic surfactant (TaycaPower): 2 portions of
Toner particles (Ab 1) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm were obtained in the same manner as the toner particles (Aa 1) except that the above materials were prepared.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
100 parts of toner particles (Ab 1) and 0.7 part of silica particles treated with dimethylsilicone oil (RY 200, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan) were mixed by a Henschel mixer to obtain toner (Ab 1).
[ preparation of developer ]
5 parts of toner (Ab 1) was mixed with 100 parts of the carrier to obtain developer (Ab 1).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The following procedures, imaging, and measurement were all performed at a temperature of 25 deg.C/humidity of 60%.
As an image forming apparatus for forming an image for evaluation, a DocuCentre Color 400 CP manufactured by fuji schle co was prepared, and a developer (Ab 1) was charged into a developing device and a toner (Ab 1) was charged into a toner cartridge.
Then, a monochromatic image (size 5 cm. Times.5 cm, amount of toner 4.3 g/m) of 100% density was formed on coated paper (OS coated paper W manufactured by Fuji Schle Co.) having a gloss of 40% 2 )。
Of the image to be formed, CIE1976L ＊ a ＊ b ＊ L in the color system ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was arbitrarily determined at 10 points using an X-Rite939 (pore diameter: 4 mm) manufactured by X-Rite corporation, and L was calculated ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ Average of the values.
L was measured on PANTONE7597C (Coated paper) of a commercially available color sample (PANTONE FORMULA GUIDE SOLID COATED, PANTONE Co., ltd.) in the same manner as described above ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ Values, the average of each was calculated, and the result was L 1 ＝50.81、a 1 ＝57.08、b 1 ＝49.78。
Then, the color difference Δ E between the formed image and PANTONE7597C was calculated based on the following formula. The results are shown in Table 14.
[ number 3 ]
L 1 、a 1 、b 1 L being PANTONE7597C ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ Value, L 2 、a 2 、b 2 L of the images of examples and comparative examples ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value is obtained.
< examples Ab2 to Ab14 and comparative examples Ab1 to Ab46 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of PY155 and PR238 were as described in table 13, and further toners and developers were prepared in the same manner as in example Ab 1. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ab1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 14.
[ TABLE 13 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 13 show examples Ab1 and Ab2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 14 ]
In examples Ab1 to Ab14, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
In examples Ab2 to Ab3, ab5 to Ab7, ab9 to Ab11, and Ab13, Δ E was 8 or less, and images with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
< example Ab101 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Resin particle dispersion (2): 407.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (Y2) (containing PY 155): 17.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (R5) (containing PR 238): 25 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
Toner particles (Ab 101) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm were obtained in the same manner as the toner particles (Aa 101) except that the above materials were prepared.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
Toner (a 101) was obtained in the same manner as in the preparation of toner (Ab 1), except that toner particles (Ab 101) were used instead of toner particles (Ab 1).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of developer (Ab 1) was followed, except that toner (Ab 101) was used instead of toner (Ab 1) to obtain developer (Ab 101).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Ab 101) and the developer (Ab 101) were used in place of the toner (Ab 1) and the developer (Ab 1), and the same evaluation as that for the color reproducibility in example Ab1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 15.
< example Ab102 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 81.5 parts
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3.5 parts of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, to obtain toner particles (Ab 102) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of toner (Ab 1) was performed, but toner particles (Ab 102) were used instead of toner particles (Ab 1) to obtain toner (Ab 102).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of developer (Ab 1) was carried out, except that toner (Ab 102) was used instead of toner (Ab 1) to obtain developer (Ab 102).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab1 was performed using toner (Ab 102) and developer (Ab 102) instead of toner (Ab 1) and developer (Ab 1). The results are shown in Table 15.
< example Ab103 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Pigment Dispersion (A)
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
The above materials were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a pigment dispersion (a).
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
The above materials were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a pigment dispersion (B).
Anti-sticking agent dispersion (A)
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
The above-mentioned materials were dispersed by a DCP mill in a state of being cooled to 10 ℃ to prepare an anti-tackiness agent dispersion liquid (A).
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 81.5 parts of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 155): 17.5 parts of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 238): 25 portions of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
Mixing the above materials, and stirring to obtain solution C.
Liquid D-
Calcium carbonate dispersion (calcium carbonate: water =40 parts: 60 parts): 124 portions of
Cellogen BS-H (first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd.) in a 2 mass% aqueous solution: 99 portions of
Water: 277 parts of
Mixing above materials, stirring, and making into solution D.
500 parts of solution C and 500 parts of solution D were mixed and stirred to obtain a suspension, and the suspension was stirred with a propeller stirrer for 48 hours to remove the solvent. Then, hydrochloric acid was added to remove calcium carbonate, followed by washing with water, drying and classification, thereby obtaining toner particles (Ab 103) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of toner (Ab 1) was performed, but toner particles (Ab 103) were used instead of toner particles (Ab 1) to obtain toner (Ab 103).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of developer (Ab 1) was followed, except that toner (Ab 103) was used instead of toner (Ab 1) to obtain developer (Ab 103).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Ab 103) and the developer (Ab 103) were used in place of the toner (Ab 1) and the developer (Ab 1), and the same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ab1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 15.
< example Ab104 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles (Ab 104) were obtained in the same manner as in example Ab1, except that a colorant dispersion liquid (other 1) was used, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 15.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
Toner (Ab 104) was obtained in the same manner as in the preparation of toner (Ab 1), except that toner particles (Ab 104) were used instead of toner particles (Ab 1).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of developer (Ab 1) was followed, but toner (Ab 104) was used instead of toner (Ab 1) to obtain developer (Ab 104).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ab1 was performed using the toner (Ab 104) and the developer (Ab 104) instead of the toner (Ab 1) and the developer (Ab 1). The results are shown in Table 15.
< example Ab105 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 61.5 parts
PY155 (trade name: toneryellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 3.5 parts of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, to obtain toner particles (Ab 105) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
Toner (Ab 105) was obtained in the same manner as in the preparation of toner (Ab 1), except that toner particles (Ab 105) were used instead of toner particles (Ab 1).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of developer (Ab 1) was followed, except that toner (Ab 105) was used instead of toner (Ab 1) to obtain developer (Ab 105).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ab1 was performed using the toner (Ab 105) and the developer (Ab 105) instead of the toner (Ab 1) and the developer (Ab 1). The results are shown in Table 15.
< example Ab106 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 60.5 portions
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3.5 parts of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 5 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, to obtain toner particles (Ab 106) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
Toner (Ab 106) was obtained by the same operation as for the preparation of toner (Ab 1), except that toner particles (Ab 106) were used instead of toner particles (Ab 1).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of developer (Ab 1) was followed, except that toner (Ab 106) was used instead of toner (Ab 1) to obtain developer (Ab 106).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Ab 106) and the developer (Ab 106) were used instead of the toner (Ab 1) and the developer (Ab 1), and the evaluation was performed in the same manner as the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 15.
[ TABLE 15 ]
(examples 6, 101 and 102 \8230; indicating examples Ab6, ab101 and Ab102 \8230; in Table 15.)
< example Bb, comparative example Bb >)
< examples Bb1 to Bb15 and comparative examples Bb1 to Bb48 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Ab1, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the contents of PY155 and PR146 were as described in table 16, toner particles were obtained, and further toners and developers were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ab1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 17.
[ TABLE 16 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 16, and examples Bb1 and Bb2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative example. )
[ TABLE 17 ]
In examples Bb1 to Bb15, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
In examples Bb3 to Bb5, bb8 to Bb10, and Bb13 to Bb15, Δ E was 8 or less, and images with better color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
< example Bb101 >)
In the same manner as in example Ab101, however, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 18.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 410 portions of
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 155): 15 portions of
Colorant dispersion liquid (R2) (containing PR 146): 25 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Bb102 >)
In the same manner as in example Ab102, however, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 18.
Polyester resin (1): 82 portions of
PY155 (trade name: toneryellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 3 portions of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
< example Bb103 >)
In the same manner as in example Ab103, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the C liquid were adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 18.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY155 (trade name: toneryellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 82 portions of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 155): 15 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 146): 25 portions of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 parts of
< example Bb104 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 18, and further toner and developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Bb1 (other 1). The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ab1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 18.
< example Bb105 >
In the same manner as in example Ab105, however, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ab1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 18.
Polyester resin (1): 62 portions of
PY155 (trade name: toneryellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 3 portions of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
< example Bb106 >)
In the same manner as in example Ab106, however, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 18.
Polyester resin (1): 61 portions of
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari chemical industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 18 ]
(examples 9, 101 and 102 8230in Table 18; indicating examples Bb9, bb101 and Bb102 8230.)
< example Cb, comparative example Cb >)
< examples Cb1 to Cb13 and comparative examples Cb1 to Cb47 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Ab1, except that PY155 was changed to PY185, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion and the colorant dispersion were adjusted so that the contents of PY185 and PR238 were as described in table 19, toner particles were obtained, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ab1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 20.
[ TABLE 19 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 19 show examples Cb1 and Cb2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 20 ]
In examples Cb1 to Cb13, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
In examples Cb2, cb4 to Cb6, cb8 to Cb10, and Cb12, the Δ E was 8 or less, and an image with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C was obtained.
< example Cb101 >
In the same manner as in example Ab101, except that the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ab1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 21.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 407.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (Y3) (containing PY 185): 17.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (R5) (containing PR 238): 25 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Cb102 >)
In the same manner as in example Ab102, except that PY185 was changed to the yellow colorant PY155, toner particles were obtained by adjusting the composition of the toner particles as described below, and a toner and a developer were further prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ab1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 21.
Polyester resin (1): 81.5 parts
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 3.5 parts of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
< example Cb103 >)
In the same manner as in example Ab103, except that the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B) and the liquid C were adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ab1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 21.
Pigment Dispersion (A)
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 81.5 parts
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 185): 17.5 parts of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 238): 25 portions of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example Cb104 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 9, and further toner and developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Cb1 (other 1). The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 21.
< example Cb105 >
In the same manner as in example Ab105, except that the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 21.
Polyester resin (1): 61.5 parts
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 3.5 parts of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
< example Cb106 >)
In the same manner as in example Ab106, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further to prepare a toner and a developer. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 21.
Polyester resin (1): 60.5 portions
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 3.5 parts of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 5 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari chemical industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 21 ]
(examples 5, 101 and 102 \8230; indicating examples Cb5, cb101 and Cb102 \8230; in Table 21.)
< example Db, comparative example Db >)
< examples Db1 to Db13 and comparative examples Db1 to Db41 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Ab1, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion and the colorant dispersion were adjusted so that the contents of PY185 and PR146 were as described in table 22, toner particles were obtained, and further toners and developers were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 23.
[ TABLE 22 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 22, and examples Db1 and Db2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative example. )
[ TABLE 23 ]
In examples Db1 to Db13, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
In examples Db1 to Db3, db6 to Db8, and Db11 to Db12, the Δ E was 8 or less, and images with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE7597C were obtained.
< example Db101 >)
In the same manner as in example Ab101, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 24.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 410 portions of
Colorant dispersion (Y3) (containing PY 185): 15 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R6) (containing PR 146): 25 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Db102 >
In the same manner as in example Ab102, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and a toner and a developer were further prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 24.
Polyester resin (1): 82 portions of
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 3 portions of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
< example Db103 >)
In the same manner as in example Ab103, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the C liquid were adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 24.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 82 portions of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 185): 15 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 146): 25 portions of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example Db104 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by using a colorant dispersion liquid (other 1) and adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 24, and further toners and developers were prepared in the same manner as in example Db 1. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ab1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 24.
< example Db105 >
In the same manner as in example Ab105, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ab 1. The results are shown in Table 24.
Polyester resin (1): 62 portions of
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 3 portions of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
< example Db106 >)
In the same manner as in example Ab106, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ab1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 24.
Polyester resin (1): 61 portions of
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 3 portions of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari chemical industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 24 ]
(examples 7, 101 and 102 8230in Table 24; indicating examples Db7, db101 and Db102 8230.)
[ examples Ac, bc, cc, dc, comparative examples Ac, bc, cc, dc ]
In the following, "parts" are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
< method for measuring physical Properties >
The measurement methods of the physical properties were the same as those described in examples Aa, ba, ca, da and comparative examples Aa, ba, ca, da.
< example Ac, comparative example Ac >
< example Ac1 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Resin particle dispersion (1): 427.5 portions
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 2.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (R1) (containing PR48: 1): 20 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
Anionic surfactant (TaycaPower): 2 portions of
Toner particles (Ac 1) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm were obtained in the same manner as the toner particles (Aa 1) except that the above materials were prepared.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
100 parts of toner particles (Ac 1) and 0.7 parts of silica particles treated with dimethylsilicone oil (RY 200, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan) were mixed by a Henschel mixer to obtain toner (Ac 1).
[ preparation of developer ]
The toner (Ac 1) was mixed by 5 parts with respect to 100 parts of the carrier to obtain a developer (Ac 1).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The following procedures, imaging, and measurement were all performed at a temperature of 25 deg.C/humidity of 60%.
As an image forming apparatus for forming an image for evaluation, a DocuCentre Color 400 CP manufactured by fuji schle co was prepared, a developer (Ac 1) was charged into a developing device, and a toner (Ac 1) was charged into a toner cartridge.
Then, a monochromatic image (size 5 cm. Times.5 cm, toner load 4.3 g/m) of 100% density was formed on a coated paper (OS coated paper W manufactured by Fuji Schle Co.) having a gloss of 40% 2 )。
CIE1976L of the image to be formed ＊ a ＊ b ＊ L in the color system ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was arbitrarily determined at 10 points using X-Rite939 (pore diameter: 4 mm) manufactured by X-Rite, inc., to calculate L ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ Average of the values.
L was measured on PANTONE199C (Coated paper) of a commercially available color sample (PANTONE FORMULA GUIDE SOLID COATED, manufactured by PANTONE CORPORATION) in the same manner as described above ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ Values, the average of each was calculated, and the result was L 3 ＝46.25、a 3 ＝74.16、b 3 ＝41.96。
Then, the color difference Δ E between the formed image and PANTONE199C was calculated based on the following formula. The results are shown in Table 26.
[ number 3 ]
ΔE＝{(L 3 －L 4 ) 2 +(a 3 －a 4 ) 2 +(b 3 －b 4 ) 2 } 0.5
L 3 、a 3 、b 3 L being PANTONE199C ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ Value, L 4 、a 4 、b 4 L of the images of examples and comparative examples ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value is obtained.
< examples Ac2 to Ac7 and comparative examples Ac1 to Ac17 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of PY74 and PR48:1 were as described in table 25, and toners and developers were further prepared in the same manner as in example Ac 1. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 26.
[ TABLE 25 ]
( Examples 1 and 2\8230inTable 25 show examples Ac1 and Ac2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 26 ]
In examples Ac1 to Ac7, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C were obtained.
In examples Ac2, ac3, ac5, and Ac6, Δ E was 8 or less, and an image with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C was obtained.
< example Ac101 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Resin particle dispersion (2): 422.5 portions of
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 2.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (R1) (containing PR48: 1): 25 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
Toner particles (Ac 101) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm were obtained in the same manner as the toner particles (Aa 101) except that the above materials were prepared.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Ac 1) was performed, but the toner particles (Ac 101) were used instead of the toner particles (Ac 1) to obtain the toner (Ac 101).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Ac 1) was performed, but the toner (Ac 1) was replaced with the toner (Ac 101) to obtain the developer (Ac 101).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Ac 101) and the developer (Ac 101) were used in place of the toner (Ac 1) and the developer (Ac 1), and the same evaluation as that for the color reproducibility in example Ac1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 27.
< example Ac102 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 84.5 portions
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 0.5 part of
PR48:1 (trade name: symulerred3109, product of DIC Co., ltd.): 25 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, thereby obtaining toner particles (Ac 102) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Ac 1) was performed, but the toner particles (Ac 102) were used in place of the toner particles (Ac 1) to obtain the toner (Ac 102).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Ac 1) was performed, but the toner (Ac 102) was used instead of the toner (Ac 1) to obtain the developer (Ac 102).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Ac 102) and the developer (Ac 102) were used in place of the toner (Ac 1) and the developer (Ac 1), and the same evaluation as that of the evaluation of the color reproducibility in example Ac1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 27.
< example Ac103 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Pigment Dispersion (A)
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
The above materials were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a pigment dispersion (A).
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR48:1 (product name: symulerRed3109, manufactured by DIC Co., ltd.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
The above materials were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a pigment dispersion (B).
Anti-sticking agent dispersion (A)
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
The above-mentioned materials were dispersed by a DCP mill in a state of being cooled to 10 ℃ to prepare an anti-tackiness agent dispersion liquid (A).
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 84.5 portions
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 74): 2.5 parts of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR48: 1): 25 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 parts of
Mixing above materials, stirring, and making into solution C.
Liquid D-
Calcium carbonate dispersion (calcium carbonate: water =40 parts: 60 parts): 124 portions of
Cellogen BS-H (first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd.) in a 2 mass% aqueous solution: 99 portions of
Water: 277 parts of
Mixing above materials, stirring, and making into solution D.
500 parts of solution C and 500 parts of solution D were mixed and stirred to obtain a suspension, and the suspension was stirred with a propeller stirrer for 48 hours to remove the solvent. Then, hydrochloric acid was added to remove calcium carbonate, followed by washing with water, drying and classification, to obtain toner particles (Ac 103) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Ac 1) was performed, but the toner particles (Ac 103) were used instead of the toner particles (Ac 1) to obtain the toner (Ac 103).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Ac 1) was performed, but the toner (Ac 103) was used instead of the toner (Ac 1) to obtain a developer (Ac 103).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Ac 103) and the developer (Ac 103) were used in place of the toner (Ac 1) and the developer (Ac 1), and the same evaluation as that for the color reproducibility in example Ac1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 27.
< example Ac104 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles (Ac 104) were obtained in the same manner as in example Ac1, except that a colorant dispersion liquid (other 1) was used, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 27.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Ac 1) was performed, but the toner particles (Ac 104) were used instead of the toner particles (Ac 1) to obtain the toner (Ac 104).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Ac 1) was performed, but the toner (Ac 104) was used instead of the toner (Ac 1) to obtain the developer (Ac 104).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Ac 104) and the developer (Ac 104) were used in place of the toner (Ac 1) and the developer (Ac 1), and the same evaluation as that for the color reproducibility in example Ac1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 27.
< example Ac105 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 64.5 parts of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 0.5 portion
PR48:1 (trade name: symulerred3109, product of DIC Co., ltd.): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, thereby obtaining toner particles (Ac 105) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Ac 1) is performed, but the toner particles (Ac 105) are used instead of the toner particles (Ac 1) to obtain the toner (Ac 105).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Ac 1) was performed, but the toner (Ac 105) was used instead of the toner (Ac 1) to obtain the developer (Ac 105).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Ac 105) and the developer (Ac 105) were used in place of the toner (Ac 1) and the developer (Ac 1), and the same evaluation as that for the color reproducibility in example Ac1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 27.
< example Ac106 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 63.5 parts of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 0.5 portion
PR48:1 (product name: symulerRed3109, manufactured by DIC Co., ltd.): 5 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, thereby obtaining toner particles (Ac 106) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Ac 1) is performed, but the toner particles (Ac 106) are used instead of the toner particles (Ac 1) to obtain the toner (Ac 106).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Ac 1) was performed, but the toner (Ac 106) was used instead of the toner (Ac 1) to obtain the developer (Ac 106).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Ac 106) and the developer (Ac 106) were used in place of the toner (Ac 1) and the developer (Ac 1), and the same evaluation as that for the color reproducibility in example Ac1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 27.
[ TABLE 27 ]
(examples 3, 101, and 102 \8230inTable 27; indicating examples Ac3, ac101, and Ac102 \8230.)
< example Bc, comparative example Bc >
< examples Bc1 to Bc8 and comparative examples Bc1 to Bc22 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the amounts of PY74 and PR48:3 were as described in table 28, and further toner and developer were prepared by the same procedure as in example Ac1 except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48: 3. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 29.
[ TABLE 28 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 28 show examples Bc1 and Bc2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 29 ]
In examples Bc1 to Bc8, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C were obtained.
In examples Bc2 to Bc7, Δ E was 8 or less, and images with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C were obtained.
< example Bc101 >
Toner particles were obtained by changing the red colorant PR48:1 to PR48:3 in the same manner as in example Ac101, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 30.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 422.5 portions
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 2.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (R2) (containing PR48: 3): 25 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Bc102 >
Toner particles were obtained by changing the red colorant PR48:1 to PR48:3 in the same manner as in example Ac102, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 30.
Polyester resin (1): 84.5 portions
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 0.5 portion
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, fuji color Co., ltd.): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
< example Bc103 >
Toner particles were obtained and further toner and developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Ac103 except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48:3 and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the C liquid were adjusted as described below. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 30.
Pigment Dispersion (A)
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, product name of Fuji color Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 84.5 portions of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 74): 2.5 parts of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR48: 3): 25 portions of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example Bc104 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by using a colorant dispersion liquid (other 1) and adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 30, and further toner and developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Bc 1. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 30.
< embodiment Bc105 >
Toner particles were obtained by changing the red colorant PR48:1 to PR48:3 in the same manner as in example Ac105, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 30.
Polyester resin (1): 64.5 portions
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 0.5 part of
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, product name of Fuji color Co.): 5 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
< embodiment Bc106 >
Toner particles were obtained by changing the red colorant PR48:1 to PR48:3 in the same manner as in example Ac106, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 30.
Polyester resin (1): 63.5 parts of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 0.5 portion
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, product name of Fuji color Co.): 5 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari chemical industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 30 ]
(examples 3, 101, 102 \8230inTable 30; indicating examples Bc3, bc101, bc102 \8230.)
< example Cc, comparative example Cc >)
< examples Cc1 to Cc18 and comparative examples Cc1 to Cc38 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the amounts of PY74 and PR57:1 were as shown in table 31, and further toner and developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Ac1 except that PR48:1 was changed to PR57: 1. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 32.
[ TABLE 31 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 31 show examples Cc1 and Cc2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 32 ]
In examples Cc1 to Cc18, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C were obtained.
In examples Cc4 to Cc6, cc8 to Cc11, and Cc14 to Cc16, Δ E is 8 or less, and an image with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C can be obtained.
< example Cc101 >
Toner particles were obtained and further a toner and a developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Ac101 except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1 and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as follows. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 33.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 405 parts of
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 12.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (R3) (containing PR57: 1): 32.5 parts of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< embodiment Cc102 >)
Toner particles were obtained and further a toner and a developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Ac102 except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1 and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as follows. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 33.
Polyester resin (1): 81 parts by weight of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 2.5 parts of
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name: fujiCarmine6BNo.50): 6.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
< example Cc103 >
Toner particles were obtained and further toner and developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Ac103 except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1 and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the C liquid were adjusted as described below. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 33.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name of Fuji dye Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 81.0 parts of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 74): 12.5 portions
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR57: 1): 32.5 portions
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example Cc104 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
In the same manner as in example C1, however, toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 33 using the colorant dispersion liquid (other 1), and further toners and developers were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 33.
< embodiment Cc105 >
Toner particles were obtained and further a toner and a developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Ac105 except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1 and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as follows. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 33.
Polyester resin (1): 61 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 2.5 parts of
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name: fujiCarmine6BNo.50): 6.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
< example Cc106 >)
Toner particles were obtained by changing the red colorant PR48:1 to PR57:1 in the same manner as in example Ac106, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 33.
Polyester resin (1): 60 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 2.5 parts of
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name of Fuji dye Co.): 6.5 parts of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 33 ]
(examples 10, 101 and 102 8230in Table 33; showing examples Cc10, cc101 and Cc102 8230.)
< < example Dc, comparative example Dc >
< examples Dc1 to Dc16 and comparative examples Dc1 to Dc32 >)
[ production of toner and developer ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of PY74 and PR184 were as shown in table 34, and further toners and developers were prepared by the same method as in example Ac1 except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR 184. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 35.
[ TABLE 34 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 34 show examples Dc1 and Dc2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 35 ]
In examples Dc1 to Dc16, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C were obtained.
In examples Dc3 to Dc6, dc8 to Dc11, and Dc13 to Dc15, Δ E was 8 or less, and images with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C were obtained.
< embodiment Dc101 >
Toner particles were obtained by changing the red colorant PR48:1 to PR184 in the same manner as in example Ac101, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, and further toner and developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 36.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 405 parts of
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 12.5 portions
Colorant dispersion (R4) (containing PR 184): 32.5 parts of the anti-tackiness agent dispersion liquid (1): 50 portions of
< embodiment Dc102 >)
Toner particles were obtained by changing the red colorant PR48:1 to PR184 in the same manner as in example Ac102, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, and a toner and a developer were further prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 36.
Polyester resin (1): 81 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 2.5 parts of
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 6.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
< example Dc103 >
Toner particles were obtained and further toner and developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Ac103 except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184 and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the C liquid were adjusted as follows. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 36.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 81 portions of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 74): 12.5 parts of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 184): 32.5 portions
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 parts of
< example Dc104 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by performing the same operation as in example Dc1, but using a colorant dispersion liquid (other 1) and adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 36, and further toner and developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 36.
< example Dc105 >
Toner particles were obtained and further a toner and a developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Ac105 except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as follows. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 36.
Polyester resin (1): 61 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 2.5 parts of
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 6.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
< embodiment Dc106 > (see above)
Toner particles were obtained by changing the red colorant PR48:1 to PR184 in the same manner as in example Ac106, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, and further toner and developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ac 1. The results are shown in Table 36.
Polyester resin (1): 60 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 2.5 parts of
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 6.5 parts of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 36 ]
(examples 6, 101, 102 \8230inTable 36; indicating examples Dc6, dc101, dc102 \8230;)
[ examples Ad, bd, cd, dd, comparative examples Ad, bd, cd, dd ]
In the following, "parts" are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
< method for measuring physical Properties >
The measurement methods of the physical properties were the same as those described in examples Aa, ba, ca, da and comparative examples Aa, ba, ca, da.
< example Ad, comparative example Ad >)
< example Ad1 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Resin particle dispersion (1): 410 portions of
Colorant dispersion (Y2) (containing PY 155): 12.5 portions
Colorant dispersion (R5) (containing PR 238): 27.5 parts of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
Anionic surfactant (TaycaPower): 2 portions of
Toner particles (Ad 1) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm were obtained in the same manner as the toner particles (Aa 1) except that the above-mentioned materials were used.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
100 parts of the toner particles (Ad 1) and 0.7 part of the silica particles treated with dimethylsilicone oil (RY 200, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan) were mixed by a Henschel mixer to obtain a toner (Ad 1).
[ preparation of developer ]
Toner (Ad 1) 5 parts was mixed with 100 parts of the carrier to obtain developer (Ad 1).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The following procedures, imaging, and measurement were all performed at a temperature of 25 deg.C/humidity of 60%.
As an image forming apparatus for forming an image for evaluation, docuCentre Color 400 CP manufactured by fuji schle co was prepared, and a developer (Ad 1) was charged into a developing device and a toner (Ad 1) was charged into a toner cartridge.
Then, a monochromatic image (size 5 cm. Times.5 cm, toner load 4.3 g/m) of 100% density was formed on a coated paper (OS coated paper W manufactured by Fuji Schle Co.) having a gloss of 40% 2 )。
CIE1976L of the image to be formed ＊ a ＊ b ＊ L in the color system ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was arbitrarily determined at 10 points using X-Rite939 (pore diameter: 4 mm) manufactured by X-Rite, inc., to calculate L ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ Average of the values.
L was measured with respect to PANTONE199C (Coated paper) of a commercially available color sample (PANTONE FORMULA GUIDE SOLID COATED, PANTONE Co., ltd.) in the same manner as described above ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ Values, the average of each was calculated to obtain L 3 ＝46.25、a 3 ＝74.16、b 3 ＝41.96。
Then, the color difference Δ E between the formed image and PANTONE199C was calculated based on the following formula. The results are shown in Table 38.
[ number 3 ]
ΔE＝{(L 3 －L 4 ) 2 +(a 3 －a 4 ) 2 +(b 3 －b 4 ) 2 } 0.5
L 3 、a 3 、b 3 L as PANTONE199C ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ Value, L 4 、a 4 、b 4 L of the images of examples and comparative examples ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value is obtained.
< examples Ad2 to Ad18 and comparative examples Ad1 to Ad36 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of PY155 and PR238 were as described in table 37, and toners and developers were further prepared in the same manner as in example Ad 1. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 38.
[ TABLE 37 ]
( Examples 1 and 2\8230inTable 37 show examples Ad1 and Ad2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 38 ]
In examples Ad1 to Ad18, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C were obtained.
In examples Ad2 to Ad8, ad10 to Ad13, and Ad16 to Ad17, Δ E was 8 or less, and an image with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C was obtained.
< embodiment Ad101 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Resin particle dispersion (2): 400 portions of
Colorant dispersion (Y2) (containing PY 155): 15 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R5) (containing PR 238): 35 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
Toner particles (Ad 101) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm were obtained in the same manner as the toner particles (Aa 101) except that the above materials were used.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of toner (Ad 1) was performed, but toner particles (Ad 101) were used instead of toner particles (Ad 1), resulting in toner (Ad 101).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Ad 1) was performed, but the toner (Ad 1) was replaced with the toner (Ad 101) to obtain the developer (Ad 101).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ad1 was performed using the toner (Ad 101) and the developer (Ad 101) instead of the toner (Ad 1) and the developer (Ad 1). The results are shown in Table 39.
< example Ad102 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 80 portions
PY155 (trade name: toneryellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 3 portions of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 7 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, to obtain toner particles (Ad 102) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of toner (Ad 1) was performed, but toner particles (Ad 102) were used instead of toner particles (Ad 1), resulting in toner (Ad 102).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Ad 1) was performed, but the toner (Ad 102) was used instead of the toner (Ad 1), resulting in a developer (Ad 102).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Ad 102) and the developer (Ad 102) were used instead of the toner (Ad 1) and the developer (Ad 1), and the same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ad1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 39.
< embodiment Ad103 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Pigment Dispersion (A)
PY155 (trade name: toneryellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
The above materials were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a pigment dispersion (A).
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
The above materials were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a pigment dispersion (B).
Anti-sticking agent dispersion (A)
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
The above-mentioned materials were dispersed by a DCP mill in a state of being cooled to 10 ℃ to prepare an anti-tackiness agent dispersion liquid (A).
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 155): 15 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 238): 35 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
Mixing the above materials, and stirring to obtain solution C.
Liquid D-
Calcium carbonate dispersion (calcium carbonate: water =40 parts: 60 parts): 124 portions of
Cellogen BS-H (first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd.) in a 2 mass% aqueous solution: 99 portions of
Water: 277 parts of
Mixing above materials, stirring, and making into solution D.
500 parts of solution C and 500 parts of solution D were mixed and stirred to obtain a suspension, and the suspension was stirred with a propeller stirrer for 48 hours to remove the solvent. Then, hydrochloric acid was added to remove calcium carbonate, followed by washing with water, drying and classification, to obtain toner particles (Ad 103) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5. Mu.m.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of toner (Ad 1) was performed, but toner particles (Ad 103) were used instead of toner particles (Ad 1), resulting in toner (Ad 103).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Ad 1) was performed, but the toner (Ad 103) was used instead of the toner (Ad 1), to obtain a developer (Ad 103).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The toner (Ad 103) and the developer (Ad 103) were used instead of the toner (Ad 1) and the developer (Ad 1), and the same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ad1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 39.
< embodiment Ad104 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles (Ad 104) were obtained in the same manner as in example Ad1, except that a colorant dispersion liquid (other 1) was used, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 39.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of toner (Ad 1) was performed, but toner particles (Ad 104) were used instead of toner particles (Ad 1), resulting in toner (Ad 104).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Ad 1) was performed, but the toner (Ad 104) was used instead of the toner (Ad 1), to obtain the developer (Ad 104).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ad1 was performed using the toner (Ad 104) and the developer (Ad 104) instead of the toner (Ad 1) and the developer (Ad 1). The results are shown in Table 39.
< example Ad105 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 60 portions of
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 7 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, to obtain toner particles (Ad 105) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of toner (Ad 1) was performed, but toner particles (Ad 105) were used instead of toner particles (Ad 1), resulting in toner (Ad 105).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Ad 1) was performed, but the toner (Ad 105) was used instead of the toner (Ad 1), to obtain a developer (Ad 105).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ad1 was performed using the toner (Ad 105) and the developer (Ad 105) instead of the toner (Ad 1) and the developer (Ad 1). The results are shown in Table 39.
< example Ad106 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 59 portions of
PY155 (trade name: toneryellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 3 portions of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 7 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, thereby obtaining toner particles (Ad 106) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of toner (Ad 1) was performed, but toner particles (Ad 106) were used instead of toner particles (Ad 1), resulting in toner (Ad 106).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as the preparation of the developer (Ad 1) was performed, but the toner (Ad 106) was used instead of the toner (Ad 1), to obtain a developer (Ad 106).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ad1 was performed using the toner (Ad 106) and the developer (Ad 106) instead of the toner (Ad 1) and the developer (Ad 1). The results are shown in Table 39.
[ TABLE 39 ]
(examples 7, 101 and 102 8230in Table 39; indicating examples Ad7, ad101 and Ad102 8230.)
< example Bd, comparative example Bd >)
< examples Bd1 to Bd17 and comparative examples Bd1 to Bd48 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Ad1, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the contents of PY155 and PR146 were as shown in table 40, toner particles were obtained, and further toners and developers were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 41.
[ TABLE 40 ]
( Examples 1 and 2\8230inTable 40 show examples Bd1 and Bd2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 41 ]
In examples Bd1 to Bd17, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C were obtained.
In examples Bd1 to Bd7, bd9 to Bd12, and Bd15 to Bd16, Δ E was 8 or less, and images with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C were obtained.
< example Bd101 >
In the same manner as in example Ad101, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 42.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 407.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (Y2) (containing PY 155): 10 portions of
Colorant dispersion liquid (R6) (containing PR 146): 32.5 portions
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Bd102 >)
In the same manner as in example Ad102, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 42.
Polyester resin (1): 81.5 parts
PY155 (trade name: toneryellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 2 portions of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 6.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
< example Bd103 >
In the same manner as in example Ad103, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the liquid C were adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 42.
Pigment Dispersion (A)
PY155 (trade name: toneryellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 81.5 parts
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 155): 10 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 146): 32.5 portions
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 parts of
< example Bd104 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 42, and further toner and developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Bd1 (other 1). The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 42.
< example Bd105 >
In the same manner as in example Ad105, however, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 42.
Polyester resin (1): 61.5 parts
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 2 portions of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 6.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
< example Bd106 >)
In the same manner as in example Ad106, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 42.
Polyester resin (1): 60.5 portions
PY155 (trade name: toneryellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 2 portions of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 6.5 parts of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 42 ]
(examples 6, 101, 102 \8230inTable 42; indicating examples Bd6, bd101, bd102 \8230.)
< example Cd, comparative example Cd >
< examples Cd 1-Cd 18 and comparative examples Cd 1-Cd 36 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Ad1, except that PY155 was changed to PY185, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion and the colorant dispersion were adjusted so that the contents of PY185 and PR238 were as described in table 43, toner particles were obtained, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 44.
[ TABLE 43 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 43 show examples Cd1 and Cd2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 44 ]
In examples Cd1 to Cd18, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C were obtained.
In addition, in the examples Cd2 to Cd8, cd10 to Cd13, and Cd16 to Cd17, Δ E was 8 or less, and an image having more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C was obtained.
< example Cd101 >
In the same manner as in example Ad101, however, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 45.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 400 portions of
Colorant dispersion (Y3) (containing PY 185): 15 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R5) (containing PR 238): 35 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Cd102 >
In the same manner as in example Ad102, however, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 45.
Polyester resin (1): 80 portions of
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 3 portions of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 7 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
< example Cd103 >
In the same manner as in example Ad103, except that the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the C liquid were adjusted as described below, to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 45.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 80 portions of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 185): 15 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 238): 35 portions of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 parts of
< example Cd104 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 45, and further toners and developers were prepared in the same manner as in example Cd1 (other 1). The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 45.
Example Cd105
In the same manner as in example Ad105, however, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 45.
Polyester resin (1): 60 portions of
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 3 portions of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 7 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 parts of silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL Co., ltd.): 20 portions of
< example Cd106 >
In the same manner as in example Ad106, however, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 45.
Polyester resin (1): 59 portions of
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 3 portions of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 7 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 45 ]
(examples 7, 101, 102 \8230inTable 45; indicating examples Cd7, cd101, cd102 \8230.)
< example Dd, comparative example Dd >)
< examples Dd1 to Dd17 and comparative examples Dd1 to Dd31 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Ad1, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion and the colorant dispersion were adjusted so that the contents of PY185 and PR146 became the amounts shown in table 46, toner particles were obtained, and further toners and developers were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 47.
[ TABLE 46 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 46 show examples Dd1 and Dd2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 47 ]
In examples Dd1 to Dd17, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C were obtained.
In examples Dd1 to Dd2, dd4 to Dd7, dd9 to Dd12, and Dd15 to Dd16, Δ E was 8 or less, and an image with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE199C was obtained.
< example Dd101 >
In the same manner as in example Ad101, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 48.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 407.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (Y3) (containing PY 185): 10 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R6) (containing PR 146): 32.5 portions
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Dd102 >
In the same manner as in example Ad102, a toner particle was obtained by changing the red colorant PR238 to PR146 and the yellow colorant PY155 to PY185, and the composition of the toner particle was adjusted as described below, and a toner and a developer were further prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 48.
Polyester resin (1): 81.5 parts
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 2 portions of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 6.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
< embodiment Dd103 >)
In the same manner as in example Ad103, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the C liquid were adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 48.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 81.5 parts
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 185): 10 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 146): 32.5 portions
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example Dd104 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 48, and further toner and developer were prepared by the same procedure as in example Dd1 (other 1). The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 48.
< example Dd105 >
In the same manner as in example Ad105, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 48.
Polyester resin (1): 61.5 parts of PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 2 portions of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 6.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
< example Dd106 >)
In the same manner as in example Ad106, however, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ad 1. The results are shown in Table 48.
Polyester resin (1): 60.5 portions
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 2 portions of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 6.5 parts of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari chemical industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 48 ]
(examples 6, 101, 102 \8230inTable 48; indicating examples Dd6, dd101, dd102 \8230;)
[ examples Ae, be, ce, de, comparative examples Ae, be, ce, de ]
Hereinafter, "parts" are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
< method for measuring physical Properties >
The measurement methods of the physical properties were the same as those described in examples Aa, ba, ca, da and comparative examples Aa, ba, ca, da.
< example Ae, comparative example Ae >
< example Ae1 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Resin particle dispersion (1): 417.5 parts
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 12.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (R1) (containing PR48: 1): 20 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 parts of an anionic surfactant (TaycaPower): 2 portions of
Toner particles (Ae 1) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm were obtained in the same manner as the toner particles (Aa 1) except that the above materials were prepared.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
100 parts of the toner particles (Ae 1) and 0.7 part of the silica particles treated with dimethylsilicone oil (RY 200, manufactured by aescil corporation, japan) were mixed by a henschel mixer to obtain a toner (Ae 1).
[ preparation of developer ]
The toner (Ae 1) was mixed by 5 parts with respect to 100 parts of the carrier to obtain a developer (Ae 1).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The following procedures, imaging, and measurement were all performed at a temperature of 25 deg.C/humidity of 60%.
As an image forming apparatus for forming an image for evaluation, a DocuCentre Color 400 CP manufactured by fuji schle co was prepared, a developer (Ae 1) was charged into a developing device, and a toner (Ae 1) was charged into a toner cartridge.
Then, a monochromatic image of 100% density (size 5 cm. Times.5 cm, amount of toner 4.3 g/m) was formed on a coated paper (OS coated paper W manufactured by Fuji-Schle Co.) having a glossiness of 40% 2 )。
CIE1976L of the image to be formed ＊ a ＊ b ＊ L in the color system ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was arbitrarily determined at 10 points using X-Rite939 (pore diameter: 4 mm) manufactured by X-Rite, inc., to calculate L ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ Average value of the values.
L was measured with respect to PANTONE166C (Coated paper) of a commercially available color sample (PANTONE FORMULA GUIDE SOLID COATED, PANTONE Co., ltd.) in the same manner as described above ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ Values, the average of each was calculated to obtain L 5 ＝50.81、a 5 ＝57.08、b 5 ＝49.78。
Then, the color difference Δ E between the formed image and PANTONE166C is calculated based on the following expression. The results are shown in Table 50.
[ number 3 ]
ΔE＝{(L 5 －L 6 ) 2 +(a 5 －a 6 ) 2 +(b 5 －b 6 ) 2 } 0.5
L 5 、a 5 、b 5 L being PANTONE166C ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ Value, L 6 、a 6 、b 6 L of the images of examples and comparative examples ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value is obtained.
< examples Ae2 to Ae7 and comparative examples Ae1 to Ae23 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Ae1, however, the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the respective contents of PY74 and PR48:1 were as described in table 49 to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 50.
[ TABLE 49 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 49 show examples Ae1 and Ae2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative example. )
[ TABLE 50 ]
In examples Ae1 to Ae7, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C were obtained.
In examples Ae1 to Ae2 and Ae4 to Ae5, Δ E was 8 or less, and images with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C were obtained.
< example Ae101 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Resin particle dispersion (2): 415 parts of
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 15 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R1) (containing PR48: 1): 20 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
Toner particles (Ae 101) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm were obtained in the same manner as the toner particles (Aa 101) except that the above materials were prepared.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Ae 1) was performed, but the toner particles (Ae 101) were used instead of the toner particles (Ae 1) to obtain the toner (Ae 101).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of the developer (Ae 1) was followed, except that the toner (Ae 101) was used in place of the toner (Ae 1) to obtain the developer (Ae 101).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ae1 was performed using the toner (Ae 101) and the developer (Ae 101) instead of the toner (Ae 1) and the developer (Ae 1). The results are shown in Table 51.
< example Ae102 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 83 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR48:1 (product name: symulerRed3109, manufactured by DIC Co., ltd.): 4 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, to obtain toner particles (a 102) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as in the preparation of toner (Ae 1) is performed, except that toner particles (Ae 102) are used in place of toner particles (Ae 1) to obtain toner (Ae 102).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of the developer (Ae 1) was carried out, except that the toner (Ae 102) was used in place of the toner (Ae 1) to obtain a developer (Ae 102).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ae1 was performed using the toner (Ae 102) and the developer (Ae 102) instead of the toner (Ae 1) and the developer (Ae 1). The results are shown in Table 51.
< example Ae103 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
The above materials were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a pigment dispersion (A).
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR48:1 (product name: symulerRed3109, manufactured by DIC Co., ltd.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
The above materials were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a pigment dispersion (B).
Anti-sticking agent dispersion (A)
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
The above-mentioned materials were dispersed by a DCP mill in a state of being cooled to 10 ℃ to prepare an anti-tackiness agent dispersion liquid (A).
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 83 portions of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 74): 15 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR48: 1): 20 portions of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 parts of
Mixing the above materials, and stirring to obtain solution C.
Liquid D-
Calcium carbonate dispersion (calcium carbonate: water =40 parts: 60 parts): 124 portions of
Cellogen BS-H (first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd.) in a 2 mass% aqueous solution: 99 portions of
Water: 277 parts of
Mixing above materials, stirring, and making into solution D.
500 parts of solution C and 500 parts of solution D were mixed and stirred to obtain a suspension, and the suspension was stirred with a propeller stirrer for 48 hours to remove the solvent. Then, hydrochloric acid was added to remove calcium carbonate, followed by washing with water, drying, and classification, to obtain toner particles having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm (Ae 103).
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Ae 1) was performed, but the toner particles (Ae 103) were used instead of the toner particles (Ae 1) to obtain the toner (Ae 103).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same operation as in the preparation of the developer (Ae 1) was performed, but the toner (Ae 103) was used instead of the toner (Ae 1) to obtain the developer (Ae 103).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ae1 was performed using the toner (Ae 103) and the developer (Ae 103) instead of the toner (Ae 1) and the developer (Ae 1). The results are shown in Table 51.
< example Ae104 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
In the same manner as in example Ae1, however, toner particles (Ae 104) were obtained by using a colorant dispersion liquid (other 1) and adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 51.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as in the preparation of toner (Ae 1) is performed, but toner particles (Ae 104) are used instead of toner particles (Ae 1) to obtain toner (Ae 104).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of the developer (Ae 1) was followed, but the toner (Ae 104) was used instead of the toner (Ae 1) to obtain the developer (Ae 104).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ae1 was performed using the toner (Ae 104) and the developer (Ae 104) instead of the toner (Ae 1) and the developer (Ae 1). The results are shown in Table 51.
< example Ae105 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 63 parts of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR48:1 (product name: symulerRed3109, manufactured by DIC Co., ltd.): 4 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, thereby obtaining toner particles (Ae 105) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as in the preparation of toner (Ae 1) is performed, except that toner particles (Ae 105) are used instead of toner particles (Ae 1) to obtain toner (Ae 105).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of developer (Ae 1) was carried out, except that toner (Ae 105) was used instead of toner (Ae 1) to obtain developer (Ae 105).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ae1 was performed using the toner (Ae 105) and the developer (Ae 105) instead of the toner (Ae 1) and the developer (Ae 1). The results are shown in Table 51.
< example Ae106 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 62 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR48:1 (product name: symulerRed3109, manufactured by DIC Co., ltd.): 4 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, thereby obtaining toner particles (Ae 106) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as in the preparation of toner (Ae 1) is performed, but toner particles (Ae 106) are used instead of toner particles (Ae 1) to obtain toner (Ae 106).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of the developer (Ae 1) was followed, but the toner (Ae 106) was used instead of the toner (Ae 1) to obtain the developer (Ae 106).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Ae1 was performed using the toner (Ae 106) and the developer (Ae 106) instead of the toner (Ae 1) and the developer (Ae 1). The results are shown in Table 51.
[ TABLE 51 ]
(examples 5, 101 and 102 \8230inTable 51; indicating examples Ae5, ae101 and Ae102 \8230.)
< < example Be, comparative example Be >)
< examples Be1 to Be11 and comparative examples Be1 to Be31 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the content of PY74 and PR48:3 was as shown in table 52, and further toner and developer were prepared by the same procedure as in example Ae1, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48: 3. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 53.
[ TABLE 52 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 52 show examples Be1 and Be2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 53 ]
In examples Be1 to Be11, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C were obtained.
In examples Be4 to Be5 and Be8 to Be9, Δ E was 8 or less, and images with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C were obtained.
< example Be101 >
In the same manner as in example Ae101, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48:3, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as follows to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 54.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 415 portions of
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 15 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R2) (containing PR48: 3): 20 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Be102 >)
In the same manner as in example Ae102, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48:3, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as follows to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ae1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 54.
Polyester resin (1): 83 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, fuji color Co., ltd.): 4 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
< example Be103 >
In the same manner as in example Ae103, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48:3, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the C liquid were adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ae1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 54.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, fuji color Co., ltd.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 83 portions of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 74): 15 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR48: 3): 20 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example Be104 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments would Be as described in table 54 using the colorant dispersion liquid (other 1) in the same manner as in example Be1, and toners and developers were further prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 54.
< example Be105 >
In the same manner as in example Ae105, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48:3, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as follows to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 54.
Polyester resin (1): 63 parts of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, product name of Fuji color Co.): 4 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
< example Be106 >)
In the same manner as in example Ae106, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR48:3, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 54.
Polyester resin (1): 62 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 3 portions of
PR48:3 (FujiRed 5R763, product name of Fuji color Co.): 4 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari chemical industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 54 ]
(examples 4, 101, 102 \8230inTable 54; representing examples Be4, be101, be102 \8230;)
< example Ce, comparative example Ce >)
< examples Ce1 to Ce16 and comparative examples Ce1 to Ce33 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of PY74 and PR57:1 were as described in table 55, with the red colorant PR48:1 being changed to PR57:1 in the same manner as in example Ae1, and toners and developers were further prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 56.
[ TABLE 55 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 55 show examples Ce1 and Ce2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 56 ]
In examples Ce1 to Ce16, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C were obtained.
In examples Ce3 to Ce6, ce8 to Ce11, and Ce13 to Ce15, Δ E was 8 or less, and images with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C were obtained.
< example Ce101 >
In the same manner as in example Ae101, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as follows to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 57.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 397.5 portions
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 25 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R3) (containing PR57: 1): 27.5 parts
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Ce102 >
In the same manner as in example Ae102, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as follows to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ae1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 57.
Polyester resin (1): 79.5 portions
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5 portions of
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name of Fuji dye Co.): 5.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
< example Ce103 >)
In the same manner as in example Ae103, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the liquid C were adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ae1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 57.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name of Fuji dye Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 79.5 portions
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 74): 25 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR57: 1): 27.5 parts
Anti-adhesive dispersion (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example Ce104 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 57, and further toner and developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Ce1 (other 1). The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 57.
< example Ce105 >
In the same manner as in example Ae105, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 57.
Polyester resin (1): 59.5 portions
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5 portions of
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name of Fuji dye Co.): 5.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
< example Ce106 >
In the same manner as in example Ae106, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR57:1, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further toner and developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 57.
Polyester resin (1): 58.5 portions
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5 portions of
PR57:1 (FujiCarmine6BNo.50, product name of Fuji dye Co.): 5.5 parts of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 57 ]
(examples 9, 101 and 102 8230in Table 57; indicating examples Ce9, ce101 and Ce102 8230.)
< example De, comparative example De >)
< examples De1 to De16 and comparative examples De1 to De32 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Ae1, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the respective contents of PY74 and PR184 were as described in table 58, toner particles were obtained, and further toners and developers were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 59.
[ TABLE 58 ]
( Examples 1 and 2\8230inTable 58 show example De1 and De2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 59 ]
In examples De1 to De16, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C were obtained.
In examples De2, de4 to De7, and De9 to De15, Δ E was 8 or less, and an image with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C was obtained.
< example De101 >
In the same manner as in example Ae101, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 60.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 397.5 parts
Colorant dispersion (Y1) (containing PY 74): 25 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R4) (containing PR 184): 27.5 parts
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example De102 >)
In the same manner as in example Ae102, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 60.
Polyester resin (1): 79.5 portions
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5 portions of
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
< example De103 >
In the same manner as in example Ae103, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the liquid C were adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ae1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 60.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 79.5 parts of
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 74): 25 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 184): 27.5 parts
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example De104 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 60, and further toners and developers were prepared in the same manner as in example De1, except that the colorant dispersion liquid (other 1) was also used. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Ae 1. The results are shown in Table 60.
< example De105 >
In the same manner as in example Ae105, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ae1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 60.
Polyester resin (1): 59.5 portions of
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5 portions of
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
< example De106 >)
In the same manner as in example Ae106, except that the red colorant PR48:1 was changed to PR184, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Ae1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 60.
Polyester resin (1): 58.5 portions
PY74 (product name: hansaYellow5GX01, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5 portions of
PR184 (trade name: tonerMagntaF 8B, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5.5 parts of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 60 ]
(examples 10, 101, 102 \8230inTable 60; indicating examples De10, de101, de102 \8230.)
[ examples Af, bf, cf, df, comparative examples Af, bf, cf, df ]
In the following, "parts" are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
< method for measuring physical Properties >
The measurement methods of the physical properties were the same as those described in examples Aa, ba, ca, da and comparative examples Aa, ba, ca, da.
< example Af, comparative example Af >
< example Af1 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Resin particle dispersion (1): 402.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (Y2) (containing PY 155): 22.5 portions
Colorant dispersion (R5) (containing PR 238): 25 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 parts of an anionic surfactant (TaycaPower): 2 portions of
Toner particles (Af 1) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm were obtained in the same manner as the toner particles (Aa 1) except that the above materials were prepared.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
100 parts of toner particles (Af 1) and 0.7 part of silica particles treated with dimethylsilicone oil (RY 200, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan) were mixed by a Henschel mixer to obtain toner (Af 1).
[ preparation of developer ]
The toner (Af 1) was mixed by 5 parts with respect to 100 parts of the carrier to obtain a developer (Af 1).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The following procedures, imaging, and measurement were all performed at a temperature of 25 deg.C/humidity of 60%.
As an image forming apparatus for forming an image for evaluation, a DocuCentre Color 400 CP manufactured by fuji schle co was prepared, a developer (Af 1) was charged into a developing device, and a toner (Af 1) was charged into a toner cartridge.
Then, a monochromatic image (size 5 cm. Times.5 cm, amount of toner 4.3 g/m) of 100% density was formed on coated paper (OS coated paper W manufactured by Fuji Schle Co.) having a gloss of 40% 2 )。
CIE1976L of the image to be formed ＊ a ＊ b ＊ L in the color system ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value was arbitrarily determined at 10 points using an X-Rite939 (pore diameter: 4 mm) manufactured by X-Rite corporation, and L was calculated ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ Average of the values.
L measurement was performed on PANTONE166C (Coated paper) of a commercially available color sample (PANTONE FORMULA GUIDE SOLID COATED, manufactured by PANTONE CORPORATION) in the same manner as described above ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ Values, the average of each was calculated to obtain L 5 ＝50.81、a 5 ＝57.08、b 5 ＝49.78。
Then, the color difference Δ E between the formed image and PANTONE166C is calculated based on the following formula. The results are shown in Table 62.
[ number 3 ]
ΔE＝{(L 5 －L 6 ) 2 +(a 5 －a 6 ) 2 +(b 5 －b 6 ) 2 } 0.5
L 5 、a 5 、b 5 L being PANTONE166C ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ Value, L 6 、a 6 、b 6 L of the images of examples and comparative examples ＊ Value a ＊ Value b ＊ The value is obtained.
< examples Af2 to Af18 and comparative examples Af1 to Af38 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Af1, however, the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the contents of PY155 and PR238 were as described in table 61 to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Af1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 62.
[ TABLE 61 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 61, and examples Af1 and Af2 \8230, were shown. The same applies to the comparative example. )
[ TABLE 62 ]
In examples Af1 to Af18, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C were obtained.
In examples Af3 to Af5 and Af8 to Af15, Δ E was 8 or less, and images with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C were obtained.
< example Af101 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Resin particle dispersion (2): 392.5 parts
Colorant dispersion (Y2) (containing PY 155): 27.5 parts
Colorant dispersion (R5) (containing PR 238): 30 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
Toner particles (Af 101) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm were obtained in the same manner as the toner particles (Aa 101) except that the above materials were prepared.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as in the preparation of toner (Af 1) was performed, but toner particles (Af 101) were used instead of toner particles (Af 1) to obtain toner (Af 101).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of the developer (Af 1) was followed, except that the toner (Af 101) was used in place of the toner (Af 1) to obtain the developer (Af 101).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Af1 was performed using the toner (Af 101) and the developer (Af 101) instead of the toner (Af 1) and the developer (Af 1). The results are shown in Table 63.
< example Af102 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 78.5 parts
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5.5 parts of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 6 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, thereby obtaining toner particles (Af 102) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as the preparation of the toner (Af 1) was performed, except that the toner particles (Af 102) were used in place of the toner particles (Af 1) to obtain the toner (Af 102).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of the developer (Af 1) was followed, but the toner (Af 102) was used in place of the toner (Af 1) to obtain the developer (Af 102).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Af1 was performed using the toner (Af 102) and the developer (Af 102) instead of the toner (Af 1) and the developer (Af 1). The results are shown in Table 63.
< example Af103 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Pigment Dispersion (A)
PY155 (trade name: toneryellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
The above materials were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a pigment dispersion (A).
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
The above materials were dispersed by a sand mill to prepare a pigment dispersion (B).
Anti-sticking agent dispersion (A)
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
The above-mentioned materials were dispersed by a DCP mill in a state of being cooled to 10 ℃ to prepare an anti-tackiness agent dispersion liquid (A).
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 78.5 parts
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 155): 27.5 parts
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 238): 30 portions of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 parts of
Mixing above materials, stirring, and making into solution C.
Liquid D-
Calcium carbonate dispersion (calcium carbonate: water =40 parts: 60 parts): 124 portions of
Cellogen BS-H (first Industrial pharmaceutical Co., ltd.) as a 2 mass% aqueous solution: 99 portions of
Water: 277 parts of
Mixing above materials, stirring, and making into solution D.
500 parts of solution C and 500 parts of solution D were mixed and stirred to obtain a suspension, and the suspension was stirred with a propeller stirrer for 48 hours to remove the solvent. Then, hydrochloric acid was added to remove calcium carbonate, followed by washing with water, drying, and classification, thereby obtaining toner particles having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm (Af 103).
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as in the preparation of the toner (Af 1) is performed, but the toner particles (Af 103) are used instead of the toner particles (Af 1) to obtain the toner (Af 103).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of the developer (Af 1) was followed, but the toner (Af 103) was used in place of the toner (Af 1) to obtain the developer (Af 103).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Af1 was performed using the toner (Af 103) and the developer (Af 103) instead of the toner (Af 1) and the developer (Af 1). The results are shown in Table 63.
< example Af104 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
The same procedure as in example Af1 was repeated, except that a colorant dispersion liquid (other 1) was used, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 63, to obtain toner particles (Af 104).
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
Toner (Af 104) was obtained in the same manner as in the preparation of toner (Af 1), except that toner particles (Af 104) were used instead of toner particles (Af 1).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of developer (Af 1) was carried out, except that toner (Af 104) was used instead of toner (Af 1) to obtain developer (Af 104).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Af1 was performed using the toner (Af 104) and the developer (Af 104) instead of the toner (Af 1) and the developer (Af 1). The results are shown in Table 63.
< example Af105 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 58.5 portions of
PY155 (trade name: toneryellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5.5 parts of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 6 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, to obtain toner particles (Af 105) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally added toner ]
The same operation as in the preparation of toner (Af 1) was performed, but toner particles (Af 105) were used instead of toner particles (Af 1) to obtain toner (Af 105).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of the developer (Af 1) was followed, except that the toner (Af 105) was used in place of the toner (Af 1) to obtain the developer (Af 105).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Af1 was performed using the toner (Af 105) and the developer (Af 105) instead of the toner (Af 1) and the developer (Af 1). The results are shown in Table 63.
< example Af106 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Polyester resin (1): 57.5 parts of
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 5.5 parts of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 6 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
The above materials were kneaded by an extruder, pulverized by a pulverizer of a surface pulverizing type, and then classified into fine particles and coarse particles by an air classifier, thereby obtaining toner particles (Af 106) having a volume average particle diameter of 7.5 μm.
[ preparation of externally-added toner ]
The same operation as in the preparation of toner (Af 1) is performed, except that toner particles (Af 106) are used instead of toner particles (Af 1) to obtain toner (Af 106).
[ preparation of developer ]
The same procedure as for the preparation of developer (Af 1) was carried out, except that toner (Af 106) was used instead of toner (Af 1) to obtain developer (Af 106).
[ evaluation of color reproducibility ]
The same evaluation as that of the color reproducibility in example Af1 was performed using the toner (Af 106) and the developer (Af 106) instead of the toner (Af 1) and the developer (Af 1). The results are shown in Table 63.
[ TABLE 63 ]
(examples 9, 101 and 102 \8230inTable 63; indicating examples Af9, af101 and Af102 \8230.)
< example Bf, comparative example Bf >)
< examples Bf1 to Bf17 and comparative examples Bf1 to Bf31 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Af1, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the contents of PY155 and PR146 became the amounts shown in table 64, toner particles were obtained, and further toners and developers were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Af1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 65.
[ TABLE 64 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 64, and examples Bf1 and Bf2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 65 ]
In examples Bf1 to Bf17, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C were obtained.
In examples Bf2 to Bf3, bf6 to Bf9, bf11 to Bf13, and Bf15 to Bf16, Δ E was 8 or less, and an image with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C was obtained.
< example Bf101 >
In the same manner as in example Af101, however, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further to prepare a toner and a developer. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 66.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 400 portions of
Colorant dispersion (Y2) (containing PY 155): 22.5 portions
Colorant dispersion liquid (R6) (containing PR 146): 27.5 parts
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Bf102 >)
In the same manner as in example Af102, however, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further to prepare a toner and a developer. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 66.
Polyester resin (1): 80 portions
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 4.5 parts of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
< example Bf103 >)
In the same manner as in example Af103, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the C liquid were adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 66.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 155): 22.5 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 146): 27.5 parts
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example Bf104 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 66, and further toner and developer were prepared in the same manner as in example Bf1 (other 1). The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 66.
< example Bf105 >
In the same manner as in example Af105, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below, toner particles were obtained, and further a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 66.
Polyester resin (1): 60 portions of
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 4.5 parts of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
< example Bf106 >)
In the same manner as in example Af106, however, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Af1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 66.
Polyester resin (1): 59 portions of
PY155 (trade name: tonerYellow3GP, manufactured by Clariant Co.): 4.5 parts of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5.5 parts of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 66 ]
(examples 7, 101 and 102 \8230; indicating examples Bf7, bf101 and Bf102 \8230; in Table 66.)
< example Cf, comparative example Cf >)
< examples Cf1 to Cf21 and comparative examples Cf1 to Cf42 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Af1, except that the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the respective contents of PY185 and PR238 were as described in table 67, toner particles were obtained, and further toners and developers were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Af1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 68.
[ TABLE 67 ]
( Examples 1 and 2\8230inTable 67 show example Cf1 and Cf2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative example. )
[ TABLE 68 ]
In examples Cf1 to Cf13, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C were obtained.
In examples Cf5 to Cf7, cf10 to Cf13, and Cf15 to Cf17, Δ E was 8 or less, and an image with more excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C was obtained.
< example Cf101 >
In the same manner as in example Af101, however, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further to prepare a toner and a developer. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Af1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 69.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 392.5 parts
Colorant dispersion (Y3) (containing PY 185): 27.5 parts of
Colorant dispersion (R5) (containing PR 238): 30 portions of
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Cf102 >
In the same manner as in example Af102, except that the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 69.
Polyester resin (1): 78.5 parts
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 5.5 parts of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 6 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
< example Cf103 >)
In the same manner as in example Af103, except that the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the C liquid were adjusted as described below, to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 69.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 78.5 parts
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 185): 27.5 parts
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 238): 30 portions of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example Cf104 >)
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 69, and further toner and developer were prepared by the same operation as in example Cf1 (other 1). The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 69.
< example Cf105 >
In the same manner as in example Af105, except that the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 69.
Polyester resin (1): 58.5 portions of
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 5.5 parts of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 6 portions of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
< example Cf106 >)
In the same manner as in example Af106, however, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 69.
Polyester resin (1): 57.5 parts
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 5.5 parts of
PR238 (FujiFastCarmine 580, fuji color Co.): 6 portions of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari refining industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 69 ]
(examples 11, 101, 102 \8230inTable 69; indicating examples Cf11, cf101, cf102 \8230.)
< example Df, comparative example Df >)
< examples Df1 to Df13 and comparative examples Df1 to Df41 >
[ production of toner and developer ]
In the same manner as in example Af1, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid were adjusted so that the contents of PY185 and PR146 became the amounts shown in table 70, to obtain toner particles, and further to prepare a toner and a developer. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Af1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 71.
[ TABLE 70 ]
( Examples 1 and 2 \8230inTable 70, and examples Df1 and Df2 \8230. The same applies to the comparative examples. )
[ TABLE 71 ]
In examples Df1 to Df13, Δ E was 10 or less, and images with excellent color reproducibility of PANTONE166C were obtained.
In examples Df2 to Df3, df5 to Df8, df10 to Df13, and Df16 to Df17, the Δ E was 8 or less, and an image with more excellent color reproducibility of the PANTONE166C was obtained.
< example Df101 >
In the same manner as in example Af101, however, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 72.
Resin particle dispersion (2): 400 portions of
Colorant dispersion (Y3) (containing PY 185): 22.5 portions of
Colorant dispersion (R6) (containing PR 146): 27.5 parts
Anti-adhesive dispersion (1): 50 portions of
< example Df102 >
In the same manner as in example Af102, however, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Af1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 72.
Polyester resin (1): 80 portions
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 4.5 parts of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax Ltd.): 10 portions of
< example Df103 >)
In the same manner as in example Af103, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the compositions of the pigment dispersion liquid (a), the pigment dispersion liquid (B), and the C liquid were adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 72.
Pigment dispersion (A)
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B)
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 20 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 80 portions
liquid-C-
Polyester resin (1): 80 portions
Pigment dispersion (a) (containing PY 185): 22.5 portions of
Pigment dispersion (B) (containing PR 146): 27.5 parts of
Anti-sticking agent dispersion liquid (a): 50 portions of
Ethyl acetate: 325.6 portions
< example Df104 >
[ preparation of toner particles ]
Toner particles were obtained by performing the same operation as in example Df1, but using a colorant dispersion liquid (other 1) and adjusting the amounts of the resin particle dispersion liquid and the colorant dispersion liquid so that the contents of the respective pigments were as shown in table 72, and further toner and developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 72.
< example Df105 >)
In the same manner as in example Af105, except that the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in example Af1 for color reproducibility. The results are shown in Table 72.
Polyester resin (1): 60 portions of
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 4.5 parts of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5.5 parts of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by AEROSIL, japan): 20 portions of
< example Df106 >)
In the same manner as in example Af106, however, the red colorant PR238 was changed to PR146, the yellow colorant PY155 was changed to PY185, and the composition of the toner particles was adjusted as described below to obtain toner particles, and further, a toner and a developer were prepared. The toner and the developer thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as in the evaluation of color reproducibility in example Af 1. The results are shown in Table 72.
Polyester resin (1): 59 portions of
PY185 (product name: palitolyyellowD 1155, manufactured by BASF corporation): 4.5 parts of
PR146 (product name: permanentCarmineFBB02, manufactured by Clariant corporation): 5.5 parts of
PR122 (CHROMO Fine Magenta 6887, dari chemical industries Co.): 1 part of
Paraffin (HNP-9 manufactured by Japan wax (Ltd.)): 10 portions of
Silica (RX 50, manufactured by aesosil corporation, japan): 20 portions of
[ TABLE 72 ]
(examples 7, 101 and 102 8230in Table 72; indicating examples Df7, df101 and Df102 8230.)
Claims (4)
1. A toner for developing an electrostatic image, comprising toner particles,
the toner particles contain at least a binder resin, c.i. pigment yellow 74 as a yellow colorant, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of c.i. pigment red 48,
When c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 48 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant satisfies any one of the following (A1-1) to (A1-3): (A1-1) the C.I. pigment yellow 74 is 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass%, and the C.I. pigment red 48,
when c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 48 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant satisfies any one of the following (B1-1) to (B1-4): (B1-1) the c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 2.25 mass% or more and less than 2.75 mass%, and the c.i. pigment red 48,
When c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 57 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant satisfies any one of the following (C1-1) to (C1-4): (C1-1) 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 4.25% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 57:1 is 4.25 mass% or more and less than 6.25 mass%, (C1-3) c.i. pigment yellow 74 is 4.75 mass% or more and less than 5.25 mass%, and c.i. pigment red 57,
when c.i. pigment yellow 74 is contained as a yellow colorant and c.i. pigment red 184 is contained as a red colorant, the content of each colorant satisfies any one of the following (D1-1) to (D1-4): (D1-1) 3.75% by mass or more and less than 4.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 4.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 184, (D1-2) 4.25% by mass or more and less than 4.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 184, (D1-3) 4.75% by mass or more and less than 5.25% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 4.25% by mass or more and less than 6.75% by mass of c.i. pigment red 184, (D1-4) 5.25% by mass or more and less than 5.75% by mass of c.i. pigment yellow 74, and 5.25% by mass or more and less than 7.25% by mass of c.i. pigment red 184; or
The toner particles contain at least a binder resin, at least 1 yellow colorant selected from the group consisting of C.I. pigment yellow 155 and C.I. pigment yellow 185, and at least 1 red colorant selected from the group consisting of C.I. pigment Red 238 and C.I. pigment Red 146,
coated paper with 40% glossinessOn the formed toner load T (g/m) 2 ) In the case of an image satisfying the expression "T =4 XD/7 (wherein D represents a value obtained by dividing a unit of length by a volume average particle diameter (μm)) of the toner particles, the color difference Δ E with respect to PANTONE166C obtained by the following expression is 10 or less,
[ number 3 ]
ΔE＝{(L 5 －L 6 ) 2 +(a 5 －a 6 ) 2 +(b 5 －b 6 ) 2 } 0.5
In the above formula, L is 5 、a 5 And b 5 L of PANTONE166C each ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value obtained by measuring the color sample PANTONE166C with a reflection spectrodensitometer; l above 6 、a 6 And b 6 L of the images formed by the toner for developing electrostatic images ＊ Value a ＊ Value and b ＊ The value is obtained by measuring the image with the reflection spectrodensitometer.
2. An electrostatic image developer comprising the toner for developing an electrostatic image according to claim 1.
3. A toner cartridge containing the electrostatic image developing toner according to claim 1 and being detachable from an image forming apparatus.
4. A process cartridge containing the electrostatic image developer according to claim 2, having a developing member for developing an electrostatic image formed on a surface of an image holding member into a toner image with the electrostatic image developer, and being detachable from an image forming apparatus.
Applications Claiming Priority (13)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2014-041931 | 2014-03-04 | ||
| JP2014-041932 | 2014-03-04 | ||
| JP2014-041927 | 2014-03-04 | ||
| JP2014041930A JP6209993B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-03-04 | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
| JP2014-041928 | 2014-03-04 | ||
| JP2014041927A JP6209992B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-03-04 | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
| JP2014041928A JP6136988B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-03-04 | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
| JP2014-041929 | 2014-03-04 | ||
| JP2014041931A JP6136990B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-03-04 | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
| JP2014-041930 | 2014-03-04 | ||
| JP2014041929A JP6136989B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-03-04 | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
| JP2014041932A JP6136991B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-03-04 | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
| CN201410479687.1A CN104898385B (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-09-18 | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, and process cartridge |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201410479687.1A Division CN104898385B (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-09-18 | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, and process cartridge |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CN110147033A CN110147033A (en) | 2019-08-20 |
| CN110147033B true CN110147033B (en) | 2023-02-21 |
Family
ID=54031116
Family Applications (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201910482525.6A Active CN110209021B (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-09-18 | Toner, developer, toner cartridge, and process cartridge |
| CN201410479687.1A Active CN104898385B (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-09-18 | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, and process cartridge |
| CN201910481818.2A Active CN110147033B (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-09-18 | Toner, developer, toner cartridge, and process cartridge |
Family Applications Before (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201910482525.6A Active CN110209021B (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-09-18 | Toner, developer, toner cartridge, and process cartridge |
| CN201410479687.1A Active CN104898385B (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2014-09-18 | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, and process cartridge |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (3) | CN110209021B (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI536129B (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP6869819B2 (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2021-05-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Toner, developing device and image forming device |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN102127331A (en) * | 2010-01-19 | 2011-07-20 | 施乐公司 | Ink compositions |
| JP2012008439A (en) * | 2010-06-28 | 2012-01-12 | Konica Minolta Business Technologies Inc | Full color image forming method and full color image forming device |
| CN102591162A (en) * | 2011-01-13 | 2012-07-18 | 富士施乐株式会社 | Magenta toner, developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
| JP2013101189A (en) * | 2011-11-07 | 2013-05-23 | Sharp Corp | Vermilion toner, and image forming method and image forming apparatus using the same |
Family Cites Families (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US7135266B2 (en) * | 2000-02-09 | 2006-11-14 | Clariant Finance (Bvi) Limited | Preparation of azo colorants in microreactors and their use in electrophotographic toners and developers, powder coatings, ink jet inks and electronic medias |
| JP4657932B2 (en) * | 2005-03-16 | 2011-03-23 | 株式会社リコー | Toner for electrostatic image development |
| JP2013130834A (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2013-07-04 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Magenta toner for electrophotography, developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
-
2014
- 2014-09-18 CN CN201910482525.6A patent/CN110209021B/en active Active
- 2014-09-18 CN CN201410479687.1A patent/CN104898385B/en active Active
- 2014-09-18 CN CN201910481818.2A patent/CN110147033B/en active Active
- 2014-09-18 TW TW103132236A patent/TWI536129B/en active
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN102127331A (en) * | 2010-01-19 | 2011-07-20 | 施乐公司 | Ink compositions |
| JP2012008439A (en) * | 2010-06-28 | 2012-01-12 | Konica Minolta Business Technologies Inc | Full color image forming method and full color image forming device |
| CN102591162A (en) * | 2011-01-13 | 2012-07-18 | 富士施乐株式会社 | Magenta toner, developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
| JP2013101189A (en) * | 2011-11-07 | 2013-05-23 | Sharp Corp | Vermilion toner, and image forming method and image forming apparatus using the same |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TWI536129B (en) | 2016-06-01 |
| CN110209021A (en) | 2019-09-06 |
| CN104898385B (en) | 2020-02-18 |
| CN110147033A (en) | 2019-08-20 |
| CN110209021B (en) | 2022-11-08 |
| CN104898385A (en) | 2015-09-09 |
| TW201535075A (en) | 2015-09-16 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP6229566B2 (en) | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| JP6040860B2 (en) | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| CN110147033B (en) | Toner, developer, toner cartridge, and process cartridge | |
| JP6040859B2 (en) | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| JP6229560B2 (en) | Electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus and image forming method | |
| JP6209992B2 (en) | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| CN111694235A (en) | Toner for developing electrostatic image, electrostatic image developer, and toner cartridge | |
| CN104808455B (en) | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| CN104062860B (en) | Electrostatic charge image developing toner, electrostatic charge image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, and image forming apparatus | |
| JP7069809B2 (en) | Toner for static charge image development, static charge image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method. | |
| JP2012047915A (en) | Electrostatic charge image development toner, electrostatic charge developer, image forming method, toner cartridge, process cartridge, and image forming apparatus | |
| JP6136989B2 (en) | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| JP6136988B2 (en) | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| JP6209993B2 (en) | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| JP6136990B2 (en) | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| JP6136991B2 (en) | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| JP6040857B2 (en) | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| CN105911824B (en) | Toner set for electrostatic image development, electrostatic image developer set, and toner cartridge set | |
| JP6040858B2 (en) | Electrostatic image developing toner, electrostatic image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| CN111679560A (en) | Toner for developing electrostatic image, electrostatic image developer, and toner cartridge | |
| JP2017062402A (en) | Toner for electrostatic charge image development, electrostatic charge image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| JP2016224365A (en) | Toner for electrostatic charge image development, electrostatic charge image developer, toner cartridge, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| JP2015036724A (en) | Toner set for electrostatic charge image development, electrostatic charge image developer set, toner cartridge set, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| CB02 | Change of applicant information | ||
| CB02 | Change of applicant information |
Address after: Tokyo, Japan Applicant after: Fuji film business innovation Co.,Ltd. Address before: Tokyo, Japan Applicant before: Fuji Xerox Co.,Ltd. |
|
| GR01 | Patent grant | ||
| GR01 | Patent grant |